Home

Owners Manual

1. No eean C a REAR V CVBS RO_GND REAR V CVBS NC NC FO_GND NC NC NC F AO_L SG NC SG AUX_A_GND CANO_H REAR V GND GND AUX_AR_DET NC 6 D MIX R D MIX GND 6 FI_GND NC D MIX L SG F AIN_R NC en FGND SG ES AUX V GND ILL Ss CANO_H CANO_L EE ReEaRr v GND ACC ILL NC NC B NC ACC R AO_L GND B NC R AO_R CANO_L F AO_R NC AUX_AR NC AUX_AL NC AUX_AL_DET ie F AIN_L NC AUX_V NC Features of your vehicle REAR Keyboard Connector Pin Layout Product Specification Power Voltage Dimensions WxHxD Weight Rear Monitor 14 4V 10 1L5V possible Negative ground 360 x 230 x 40 mm 2 19 kg Rear Kyeboard 14 4V 10 1L5V possible Negative ground 169 x 64 x 93 2 mm 365 g TO O ea DVD Player 14 4V 10 1L5V possible Negative ground 178 x 54 x 181 2 mm 1 39 kg QONOBUO SG CAO_H NC Auto Light ALT en ILL ACC Ee B eo NC CANO_L 11 NC GND NC ILL NC NC Before driving 5 3 Key positions 5 4 ENGINE START STOP button 5 6 Starting the engine 5 9 Automatic transmission 5 12 Four wheel drive 4WD 5 18 Brake system 5 27 Cruise control system 5 39 Economical operation 5 43 Special driving conditions 5 45 Winter driving 5 49 Driving your vehicle Trailer towing 5 52 Vehicle load limit 5 61 Vehicle weight 5 66 Driving your vehicle EO1OOOOAUN A WARNING ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous If at any time you smell exhaust
2. WIPER BLADES 1J BA5122 G180100AUN Blade inspection NOTICE Commercial hot waxes applied by auto matic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the wind Shield wipers Common sources of con tamination are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commer cial car washes If the blades are not wip ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them G180200AUN Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components do not attempt to move the wipers manual ly A CAUTION The use of a non specified wiper blade could result in wiper malfunc tion and failure Maintenance etl n P r r E p ks S OHM078059 OHM078060 OHM078061 G180201AHM 2 Lift up the wiper blade clip Then pull 3 Install the new blade assembly in the Front windshield wiper blade down the blade assembly and remove reverse order of removal 1 Raise the wiper arm it A CAUTION Do not allow the wiper arm to fall against the wi
3. eseeee 8 7 Tires and wheels E vata avenge E oa eiecailesareie 6 asererece arate are aeiera T 7 28 3 Towing i ccc biovaieldis cc s cislaeis siccree s ce 4 5 clecieavesis es ae ee ease wees cc ces cu scseceessaelen ec 6 22 Trailer towing ORA T T wieia avaue 0 eave Ouie ere cue leielerea e s aS 6 E Seis WSC ee 5 52 Vehicle break in process aasaiote aha asa avalaiuiaveve ts ava s iaie ore e a aieys b nets e s 6 sietasaieieveverersisieia 1 5 Vehicle certification label E we Rare E T T 8 6 Vehicle handling instructions E T a N wicleiwielaeresee widen wieiereiew cures 1 5 Vehicle identification number VIN erererereeeerrereeeeeee 8 6 Vehicle load limit ay Sere a co Ws 6 0 E Stale S66 wLa E E cleans 5 61 Vehicle weight Sino cavn vaca a T T T E TE 5 66 W Washer fluid SA A E E E E ots Gus E E EE A a 7 20 Windows SEE E a E E E St ave E T E E E E 4 21 Windshield defrosting and defoggingeeeeeereeeeeeeeeeeee 4 108 Winter driving E T E E a a T T TNT 5 49 Wiper blades aE E E e ele state E O aE 7 22 Wipers and washers E E A E E aie ieeiere 4 76 S Or
4. Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Features of your vehicle OHM048105 Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters ae a eee antis OHM048092N Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown OHM048106 D240202AHM EC Temperature control The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by pulling up A the switch The temperature will decrease to the min imum Lo by pushing down V the switch When operating the switch the tempere ture will increase or decrease by 0 5 C 1 F When set to the lowest tem perature setting the air conditioning will operate continuously Features of your vehicle OHM048107 Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature individually 1 Press the DUAL button to operate the driver and passenger side temperature individually Also if the passenger side temperature control switch PASS is operated it will automatically change to the DUAL mode as well 2 Operate the left temperature control to adjust the driver side temperature Operate the right temperature control to adjust the passenger side tempere tur
5. 4 The air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient tem perature and outside fresh air posi tion will be selected automatically If the air conditioning and outside fresh air position are not selected automatical ly adjust the corresponding button man ually If the WY position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed OHM048122 D250202AHM To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defroster button UY 4 The air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will be selected automatically If the Ht position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Features of your vehicle D250300AHM Defogging logic To reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield the air intake or air conditioning are controlled auto matically according to certain conditions such as 3 or WY position To cancel or return to the defogging logic do the fol lowing OHM048123L D250301AHM EE Manual climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Turn the mode selection knob to the defrost position W0 3 Press the air intake control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds The indicator light in the air intake control button will blink 3 t
6. Although the volume for the REAR can be set to a level lower than the FRONT it cannot be set to a volume level higher than the FRONT as set through the FRONT system Features of your vehicle FM AM mode Starting FMAM mode by use of Rear panel 1 Press the MODE button on the REAR panel to display a screen allowing the 6 modes of FM AM SIRIUS CDC AUX DVDP to be selected 2 While in mode selection screen use the 4 direction keys on the REAR panel to move the select area and press the key to select FM mode 3 The FM1 FM2 AM mode screen will become displayed Select the desired broadcast station to begin listening 87 7 Miz Starting FMAM mode by use of Rear remote control 1 When operating a different mode pressing the RADIO key on the Rear Remote Control will display the most recently operated RADIO mode In addition pressing the RADIO key will change the mode in FM1 FM2 AM FM1 order FMAM mode menu screen configura tion 1 Mode display This will display the current mode FM1 FM2 AM 2 PRESET button The station can be easily selected by storing the desired frequency in advance 3 TUNE button The frequency station is increased or reduced incrementally 4 SEEK button The channel is automatically searched through the SEEK function 5 BAND button The mode is changed in FM1 FM2 AM F MI order 6 SCAN SEEK display This becomes displayed when the SCAN S
7. Features of your vehicle OHM048146N D300200AEN Steering wheel audio control if equipped The steering wheel audio control button is installed to promote safe driving A CAUTION Do not operate audio remote con trol buttons simultaneously D300204AHM VOLUME VOL 1 e Pull the up button A to increase the volume e Pull the down button V to decrease the volume D300203AHM SEEK PRESET N 2 The SEEK PRESET button has different functions based on the system mode For the following functions the button should be pressed for 0 8 second or more RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK select button CDP mode It will function as the FF REW button CDC mode It will function as the DISC UP DOWN button If the SEEK PRESET button is pressed for less than 0 8 second it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons CDP mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button CDC mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button D300202AEN MODE 3 Press the button to select Radio or CD compact disc D300205AHM MUTE 4 e Pull the MUTE button to cancel the sound e Pull the MUTE button again to activate the sound Detailed information for audio control buttons is described in the following pages in this section Features of your vehicle D300600AHM EE Aux USB and iPod port if e
8. 1 SRS air bag warning light 2 Retractor pre tensioner assembly 3 SRS control module ae es ee al Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE e Both the driver s and front passen ger s pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal collisions or side collisions or rollovers The pre tensioners will not be activat ed if the seat belts are not being worn at the time of the collision When the pre tensioner seat belts are activated a loud noise may be heard and fine dust which may appear to be smoke may be visible in the passenger compartment These are normal oper ating conditions and are not haz ardous Although it is harmless the fine dust may cause skin irritation and should not be breathed for prolonged peri ods Wash all exposed skin areas thor oughly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activat ed NOTICE Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light 7 on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off A CAUTION If the pre tensioner seat belt is not working property this waming light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag waming light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is tumed ON or if it remains ill
9. 7 53 Mellaren ares Emission control system 7 67 Maintenance OOOO ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 3 8L Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse box Negative battery terminal Positive battery terminal Radiator cap OMN OU RWN PB Engine oil dipstick 10 Power steering fluid reservoir 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OHMO0O18005N GO10000AHM EU Maintenance CEE eee E 4 6L Engine coolant reservoir Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Air cleaner Fuse box Negative battery terminal Positive battery terminal Radiator cap O ON OU BWYN Engine oil dipstick 10 Power steering fluid reservoir 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OHMO0O18004N aye es eee Maintenance i MAINTENANCE SERVICES GO20000AHM You should exercise the utmost care to prevent damage to your vehicle and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection proce dures Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of your vehi cle we strongly recommend that you have an authorized KIA dealer perform this work An authorized KIA dealer has factory trained technicians and genuine KIA parts to service your vehicle properly
10. Any work on the SRS system such as removing installing repairing or any work on the steering wheel driver s knee bolster the front passenger s panel front seats and roof rails must be performed by an authorized KIA dealer Improper handling of the SRS system may result in serious personal injury A WARNING Modification to SRS components or wiring including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury For cleaning the air bag pad cov ers use only a soft dry cloth or one which has been moistened with plain water Solvents or cleaners could adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the system No objects should be placed over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel driver s knee bol ster instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate Continued Continued e If the air bags inflate they must be replaced by an authorized KIA dealer e Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental inflation of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive e If components of the air bag sys tem must be discarded or if the vehicle must be scrapped
11. D150338AHM KEY OUT indicator KEY if equipped OUT When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indicator will blink and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indicator will go off while the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle or insert it in the smart key holder D150326AHM EE Lights on warming chime if equipped The lights on warning chime will sound if the driver s door is opened when the headlight switch is left in the Ist or 2nd position with the ignition switch removed for smart key in OFF position Features of your vehicle D150400AHM LCD display waming if equipped Key is not in vehicle If the smart key is not in the vehicle and if any door is opened or closed with the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC ON or START position the warn ing illuminates on the LCD display Also the chime sounds for 5 seconds when the smart key is notin the vehicle and the door is closed Always have the smart key with you Key is not detected If the smart key is not in the vehicle or is not detected and you press the ENGINE START STOP button the warning illumi nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for 10 seconds Low key battery Ifthe ENGINE START STOP button turns to the O
12. Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floor of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicle s interior resulting in serious injury Continued Child safety seat that hooks over a seatback it may not pro vide adequate security in an acci dent Seat belts can become very hot especially when the car is parked in direct sunlight Always check the seat belt buckles before fas tening them over a child S afety features of your vehicle R C030100AHM EU Using a child restraint system For small children and babies the use of a child seat or infant seat is required This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accordance with the man ufacturer s instructions For safety reasons we recommend that the child restraint system be used in the rear seats 44 WARNING Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat because of the danger an inflating passenger side air bag could impact the rear facing child restraint and kill the child Since all passenger seat belts move freely under normal conditions and only lock under extreme or emergency condi tions emergency lock mode you must manually change these seat belts to the auto lock mode to secure a child restraint A WARNING Child seat installation e A child can be seriously
13. cates an electrical problem Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized KIA dealer Three kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and fusible link for higher amperage rat ings CAUTION Do not use a screwdriver or any other metal object to remove fuses because it may cause a short circuit and damage the system Maintenance G210100AHM Inner panel fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Open the fuse panel cover 3 OHMO078022 3 Pull the suspected fuse straight out Use the removal tool provided in the main fuse box in the engine compart ment 4 Check the removed fuse replace it if it is blown Spare fuses are provided in the instru ment panel fuse panel or in the engine compartment fuse panel 5 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized KIA dealer If you do not have a spare use a fuse of the same rating from a circuit you may not need for operating the vehicle such as the cigarette lighter fuse If the headlights or other electrical com ponents do not work and the fuses are OK check the fuse panel in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced ee oe Maintenance x NOTICE e If the memory fuse is pulled out from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and
14. ditions 3 Do not operate the AVN system for prolonged periods of time with the vehicle ignition turned off Such opere tions may lead to battery discharge 4 Be cautious not to spill water or intro duce foreign objects into the device 5 Opening the Roof Monitor with exces sive force may lead to damage 6 In case of product malfunction please contact your place of purchase or After Service center CAUTION When cleaning this product make sure to tum off the device and use a dry and soft cloth Never use harsh materials chemical cloths or sol vents alcohol benzene thinners etc as such materials may damage the device panel or cause color and quality deterioration This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Se eee cel Features of your vehicle Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby and double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories DTS 2 0 2 0 Channel Manufactured under license from one or more of the following DTS DTS Inc U S Pat No s 5 451 942 5 956 674 5 974 380 5 978 762 6 226 616 6 487 535 and other U S and Noti world wide patents issued and pending DTS and DTS Once Digital Surround are registered t
15. ed the system can be switched to the AUX mode even without the iPod device and can cause noise Disconnect iPod cable when you are not using the iPod device e When the iPod is not used with the audio system iPod cable has to be separated from iPod device Origin display of iPod may not be displayed It is displayed once at the beginning of iPod mode FILE DOWN ENCODER Features of your vehicle RSE DVD AUX2 1 DVDP TRACK UP DOWN Button 2 DVDP TITLE UP DOWN Button CD AUX 3 RSE ON OFF RSE LOCK UNLOCK Button mum A UWO CONTROL ENTER 4 AUX2 DVD Selection Button A CAT FOLDER w A 350HMU Features of your vehicle Using the Rear Seat Entertainment RSE 1 DVD Chapter Selection Button e Press TRACK V button to play from the beginning of current track e Press TRACK V button again within 3 seconds to play the previous track e Press SEEK button for less than 0 8 second to play the next track 2 DVD Title Selection Button e Press FOLDER V button to play the previous track e Press CAT button to play the next track 3 RSE ON OFF LOCK UNLOCK Button When the RSE ON OFF LOCK UNLOCK button is pushed for less than 0 8 sec ond the red color LED of the button will light and RSE unit will be locked If you push button for more than 0 8 second the green color LED of the button will light and RSE unit will turn on and RSE will appear on
16. or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel instrument panel and the front passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to deploy Never place covers blankets or seat warmers on the passenger seat as these may interfere with the occupant detection system Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to acci dental deployment of the air bags or by rendering the SRS inopera tive If the SRS air bag waming light remains illuminated while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized KIA dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possi ble Continued have an authorized KIA dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu dinal axis of the vehicle Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times Front air bags are not intended to deploy in side impact rear impact or rollover crashes In addition front air bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold Continued OVQ036018N 1VQA2091 ee eee afety features of your vehicle Continued e Even though your vehicle is equipped with the occupa
17. pants in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag Even with advanced air bags improperly and unbelted occupants can be severely injured when the air bag inflates Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occupant safety con tained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system e Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat e ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride e Front and side air bags can injure occupants improperly positioned in the front seats Continued Continued Move your seat as far back as practical from the front air bags while stll maintaining control of the vehicle You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bags Improperly positioned driver and passengers can be severely injured by inflat ing air bags Never lean against the door or center console always sit in an upright position Do not allow a passenger to nde in the front seat when the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor is illuminated because the air bag will not deploy in the event of a moderate or severe frontal crash Continued Safety features of your vehicle Rear impact Continued e No objects should be placed over Continued e Air bags can only be used once
18. 3 crou sc CAT File Search Knob and ENTER Button FOLDER v FOLDER CATEGORY Search Button Oo oOo N QA U BP W N EBE SCAN Selection Button A 300HMU Features of your vehicle E Type C RANDOM Play Button Automatic Track Selection Button REPEAT Play Button CD AUX 5 SCROLL Play Button USB AUX iPod Selection Button INFORMATION Button File Search Knob and ENTER Button FOLDER w FOLDER CATEGORY Search Button Oo oOo N OD WH FP W N E SCAN Selection Button A 350HMU Features of your vehicle How to activate USB MEMORY 1 RANDOM Play Button Press this button for less than 0 8 second to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 second to activate ALL RDM mode e RDM Only files in a folder are played back in random sequence e ALL RDM All files ina USB memory are played back in random sequence 2 Automatic Track Selection Button e Press TRACK to return to the beginning of the current file Press again within 1 seconds to return the previous file e Press and hold TRACK V to initiate rewind search e Press SEEK for less than 0 8 sec ond to advance the next file e Press and hold SEEK to initiate fast forward search 3 REPEAT Play Button Press this button for less than 0 8 second to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 second to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a file is played repeatedly e FLD RPT
19. 5 Maximum pemnissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Refer to the Tire and Loading Information label for recommended inflation pressure 36 G201006AUN 6 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire G2010007AHM 7 Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maxi mum section width For example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half tmes 14 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate These grades are molded on the side walls of passenger vehicle tires The tires available as standard or Optional equipment on your vehicle may vary w
20. Also the immobilizer indicator and the key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds Press start button again If you can not operate the ENGINE START STOP button when there is a problem with the ENGINE START STOP button system the warning illuminates for 10 seconds and the chime sounds continuously to indicate that you could Start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button once more The chime will stop if the ENGINE START STOP button system works nor mally or the theft alarm system is armed If the warning illuminates each time you press the ENGINE START STOP button take your vehicle to an authorized KIA dealer and have the system checked Shift to P or N to start the engine If you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the LCD display You can also start the engine with the Shift lever in the N Neutral position but for your safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position Press button while turn steering If the steering wheel does not unlock nor mally when the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the warning illumi nates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds once and the ENGINE START STOP button light blinks for 10 seconds When you are warned press the ENGINE START STOP button while turn ing the steering wheel right and left Check steering wheel lock
21. For expert advice and quality service see an authorized KIA dealer Inadequate incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational prob lems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage an accident or person al injury G020100AUN EU Owner s responsibility NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Retention are the owner s responsibility You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages You need this information to establish your compli ance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Warranty amp Consumer Information manual Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an author ized KIA dealer An authorized KIA deal er meets KIA s high service quality stan dards and receives technical Support from KIA in order to provide you with a high level of service satisfaction G020200AUN EU Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to perform As explained earlier in this section sev eral procedures can be done only by an authoriz
22. If the lock is frozen internally you may be able to thaw it out by using a heated key Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury E120700AUN Use approved window washer anti freeze in system To keep the water in the window washer system from freezing add an approved window washer ant freeze solution in accordance with instructions on the con tainer Window washer anti freeze is available from an authorized KIA dealer and most auto parts outlets Do not use engine coolant or other types of anti freeze as these may damage the paint finish Driving your vehicle E120800AHM Don t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily while you put the gear shift lever in P Park and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake E120900AHM Don t let ice and snow accumu late undemeath Under some conditions snow and ice can build up under the fenders and inter fere with the steering When driving in severe winter conditions where this may happen you should periodically check underneath the vehicle to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed E121000ASA EC Carry emergen
23. Outside thermometer The current outside temperature is dis played in 1 C 1 F increments The tem perature range is between 40 C 60 C 40 F 140 F e The outside temperature on the display may not change immediately like a general thermometer to prevent the driver from being inattentive For details refer to the Climate control system in section 4 e Temperature lt gt Seconds 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Press the H button at least 3 times within 3 seconds while pressing the R button 3 The temperature mode will change to the time mode The time displays in seconds 4 If the M button is pressed the clock s minute will change and the counting will start again from the beginning 00 5 To return to the temperature mode press the H button at least 3 times within 3 seconds while pressing the R button If the ignition switch turns OFF and ON again the temperature mode will be dis played Features of your vehicle D280800AHM Clothes hanger A CAUTION Do not hang heavy clothes the hook may be damaged Features of your vehicle CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compart OHM048155 D281000AHM Luggage net holder if equipped To keep items from shifting in the cargo area you can use the holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage
24. This symbol corresponds to that tre s designed maximum safe oper ating speed Maximum Speed 180 km h 112 mph 190 km h 118 mph 210 km h 130 mph 240 km h 149 mph Above 240 km h 149 mph G201003AHM 3 Checking tre life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years old based on the manufacturing date including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You can find the manufacturing date on the tre sidewall possibly on the inside of the wheel displaying the DOT Code The DOT Code is a series of num bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters The manufactur ing date is designated by the last four digits characters of the DOT code DOT XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a plant code number tire size and tread pattern and the last four num bers indicate week and year manu factured For example DOT XXXX XXXX 1608 represents that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2008 ee Maintenance ES e en el G201004AEN 4 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rub ber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others The letter R means radial ply con struction the letter D means diago nal or bias ply construction and the letter B means belted bias ply con struction G201005AUN
25. Without the valve cap dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage If a valve cap is missing install a new one as soon as possible AN CAUTION Tire pressure Always observe the following e Check tire pressure when the tres are cold After vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or hasn t been driven more than 1 6 km one mile since startup e Check the pressure of your spare tire each time you check the pressure of other tres e Never overload your vehicle Be careful not to overload a vehicle luggage rack if your vehicle is equipped with one e Wom old tres can cause acci dents If your tread is badly wom or if your tires have been damaged replace them Maintenance G200300AUN Checking tre inflation pressure Check your tires once a month or more Also check the tire pressure of the Spare tire G200301AUN How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure You can not tell if your tires are properly inflated simply by look ing at them Radial tres may look properly inflated even when they re underinflated Check the tre s inflation pressure when the tires are cold Cold means your vehicle has been sitting for at least three hours or driven no more than 1 6 km 1 mile a a a cl Maintenance i aama Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem Press the tire gage firm ly onto the valve to get a pressure measurement If the cold
26. amp connections including booster Brake pedal free play EE GB ro a Ee Maintenance MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT Chassis and body Continued MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first MANTENANCE xomi 5 A 22 RE Ee A a lt gt TEM jemorths TM gt E a gt ed Ee gt Ee ed Ed aworoicvorsnssinms a f Se i o i a o o a E E a a E Tewas i E a o o o E E tet tt Wheel alignment 4 Inspect when abnormal condition noted Tire rotation Rotate the tires every 12 000 km Steering operation amp linkage tr nn ff EN Ss Power steering fluid amp lines na nn HH HH HH HH HF ff ors re PEP EPEPEEPEPEEPEEER Srvc st boos _ W E E E a a sees nessa I a a a a a a a P op ck ringes hod a M a a a n D AE 7 9 a eal Maintenance RRR Chart symbols l Inspect these items and their related parts If necessary correct clean refill adjust of replace R Replace or change L Lubricate 1 Refer to the lubricant and coolant specifications in the Owners Manual 2 More frequent maintenance is required if driving under dusty conditions 3 More frequent maintenance is required if the vehicle is operated under any of the following conditions a Short distance driving b Driving on dusty roads c Extensive idling or slow speed driving in stop and go traffic 4 If necessary rotate and balance the wheels Note Check the engine oil and coolan
27. certain Safety precautions must be observed An authorized KIA dealer knows these precautions and can give you the necessary information Failure to follow these precautions and proce dures could increase the risk of personal injury If your car was flooded and has soaked carpeting or water on the flooring you shouldn t try to start the engine have the car towed to an authorized KIA dealer Safety features of your vehicle C041300AUN Additonal safety precautions Never let passengers ride in the cargo area or on top of a folded down back seat All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the vehicle is moving A passenger who is not wear ing a seat belt during a crash or emer gency stop can be thrown against the inside of the vehicle against other occupants or out of the vehicle Each seat belt is designed to restrain one occupant If more than one person uses the same seat belt they could be seriously injured or killed in a collision Do not use any accessories on seat belts Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash Passengers should not place hard or sharp objects between them selves and the air bags Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap or in
28. the light comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is not opened The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed e ON However if the igniton switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediate ly If a door is opened with the igniton switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously The light stays on at all times J Features of your vehicle However if the ignition switch is ON or all doors are locked the light will turn off immediate ly If a door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light stays ees on for about 20 minutes SS Be However if a door is opened a12 with the igniton switch in the ON position the light stays on continuously e ON The light stays on at all times as oo onm048079 OFF The light stays off at all times Type B D210300AHM The light will turn on and off according to Luggage lamp if equipped the switch position DR The light comes on when the tail e DOOR The light comes on when any gate is opened door or tailgate is opened e OFF The light stays off at all times regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmit ter the light comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door
29. the most recently operated mode 3 While in mode selection screen use the 4 direction keys on the REAR panel to move the select area to DVDP mode If the joystick key is pressed the VCD already inserted in the DVD PLAYER will begin playing DVDP vco Starting VCD mode by use of Rear remote control 1 When operating a different mode pressing the DISC key on the Rear Remote Control will display the most recently operated mode between CDC mode and DVDP mode In addition pressing the DISC key will change the mode in CDC DVDP CDC order Operating the AV MENU by use of Rear Panel 1 Press the AV button on the REAR panel while a VCD is playing to display the semitransparent AV MENU at the top of the screen 2 If the TRACK DOWN UP button is pressed by using the 4direction joy stick key or the joystick select key on the REAR panel the previous or next track will be played If the FAST FOR WARD REWIND button is pressed by the same method the current track can be rewinded or fast forwarded Selecting a track with the Remote Control amp Searching playing track 1 Press the SEEK TRACK UP DOWN button on the Remote Control to move to the previous or next track 2 Pressing the TUNE UP DOWN but ton on the Remote Control will quickly search the current track Features of your vehicle VCD mode menu screen configura tion DVDP vco DVDP vcp tot i m C reacx V5 02 38 i 1 Mode displ
30. tion Maintenance GO70200AHM Changing the coolant Have coolant changed by an authorized KIA dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section N CAUTION Puta thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such OHMO78004N as the alternator a ee Maintenance BRAKE FLUID If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level The level will fall with accumulated mileage This is a normal condition asso ciated with the wear of the brake linings If the fluid level is excessively low have the brake system checked by an author ized KIA dealer Use only the specified brake fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants and capac ities in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid G080100AHM N CAUTION Checking the brake fluid level Do not allow brake fluid to contact Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri tie ace Sl Paint az pam damage will result Brake fluid odically The fluid level should be p which has been exposed to open air between MAX and MIN marks on the ke i for an extended time should never side of the reservoir be used as its quality cannot be Before removing the reservoir cap and i guaranteed It should be disposed adding brake fluid clean the area around of pro ly Don t put in the ng lea serie hte raa en i to prevent kind of fluid A few drop
31. water contact If the main fuse is blown tt must be removed as follows 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable 2 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 3 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 4 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal oe ee Maintenance G210300AHM EU Fuse relay panel description Inside the fuse relay panel covers you can find the fuse relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Inner fuse panel Engine compartment fuse panel X NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehi cle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle refer to the fuse panel label Maintenance Inner fuse panel Instrument panel Protected component 15A Audio Rear Monitor RSE Control Box DVD Player Can Front A C Control Module Rear A C Control Module Instrument Cluster IND RF Receiver FAM RAM Driver Door Module Assistant Door Module Tilt amp Telescopic Module IMS Control Module Front A C Control Module Incar Temperature Sensor PDM Multifunction Switch Wiper Washer Driver Passenger Seat Warmer Module Front Blower Relay Electro Chromic Mirror Rear Blower Relay AC Inverter Switch Trailer Relay C FAN HI LOW Relay Rear A C Control Module Driver Door Module FAM Assistant Door Module IMS Control Module Tilt amp Telescopic Module Start Stop Button Switch Data Link Con
32. 10 hours If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used recharge it at 20 30A for two hours AX WARNING Recharging battery When recharging the battery observe the following precautions e The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation e Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near the battery e Watch the battery during charg ing and stop or reduce the charg ing rate if the battery cells begin gassing boiling violently or if the temperature of the electrolyte of any cell exceeds 49 C 120 F e Wear eye protection when check ing the battery during charging e Disconnect the battery charger in the following order 1 Tum off the battery charger main switch 2 Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal 3 Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal Maintenance ee G190300AHM Reset items Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected e Auto up down window See section 4 Sunroof See section 4 e Driver position memory system See section 4 e Trip computer See section 4 e Climate control system See section 4 e Clock See section 4 e Audio See section 4 pa ae es elt el Maintenance TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN Tire care For proper maintenance safety and maximum fuel economy you m
33. 5 Indicator symbols on the instrument duster 1 6 Introduction ne _ HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL AO10000AHM We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehi cle Your Owners Manual can assist you in many ways We strongly recommend that you read the entire manual In order to minimize the chance of death or injury you must read the WARNING and CAU TION sections in the manual Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your vehicle By reading your manual you will learn about features important safety information and driving tips under vari ous road conditions The general layout of the manual is pro vided in the Table of Contents Use the index when looking for a specific area or subject ithas an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell ata glance if that section has the information you want You will find various WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTICEs in this manu al These WARNINGS were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these WARNINGS CAUTIONS and NOTICES CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which damage to your vehicle could result if the caution Is ignored NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or h
34. An album in the iPod is selected in random and is played in the order of the songs in the album 2 Automatic Track Selection Button e Press TRACK V to return to the beginning of the current file Press again within 1 second to return the previous file e Press and hold TRACK V to initiate rewind search Press SEEK for less than 0 8 sec ond to advance to the next file e Press and hold SEEK to initiate fast forward search 3 REPEAT Play Button A single song is played repeatedly 4 SCROLL Play Button File names are scrolled for 5 second on the display 5 iPod Selection Button If iPod is connected it turns to iPod mode 6 INFORMATION Button Displays the information of the file cur rently played as below when the button is pressed each time TITLE ARTIST ALBUM E Searching for a desired Song Title Using search mode s individual hierar chy you can narrow down your search as shown in the table below x For example Searching by Composers e Press FOLDER or turn ENTER to activate the Menu Select mode e Turn ENTER to select the Compo sers and press ENTER e Turn ENTER to select the Albums and press ENTER e Turn ENTER to select the Song and press ENTER The selected song is played In the search mode pressing FOLDER will return to the previ ous mode Other search modes scan be adjusted as above Although the hierarchy dif fers Hierarchy 1
35. Automatic Dimming Mirror with a Z Nav Electronic Compass Display and an Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System During nighttime driving this feature will automatically detect and reduce rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehi cle is pointed The HomeLink Universal Transceiver allows you to activate your garage door s electric gate home light ing etc OHM048238N 1 Channel 1 button 2 Channel 2 button 3 Status indicator LED 4 Channel 3 button 5 Rear light sensor 6 Dimming ON OFF button 7 Compass control button 8 Compass display Features of your vehicle Automatic Dimming Night Vision Safety NVS Mirror The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is the most advanced way to reduce annoying glare in the rearview mirror during any driving situation For more information regarding NVS mirrors and other appli cations please refer to the Gentex web site www gentex com A CAUTION The NVS Mirror automatically reduces glare during driving condi tons based upon light levels moni tored in front of the vehicle and from the rear of the vehicle These light sensors are visible through openings in the front and rear of the mirror case Any object that would obstructs either light sensor will degrade the automatic dimming contro feature Automatic dimming function Your mirror will automatically dim upon detecting glare from the vehicles travel ing b
36. Hierarchy 2 Hierarchy 3 Hierarchy 4 Hierarchy 5 Playlist Playlists Songs Artist Artists Albums Songs Album Albums Songs Song Songs Genre Genres Artists Albums Songs Composer Composers Albums Songs Features of your vehicle NOTICE Using iPod device 3K iPod to AUDIO Buttons Some iPod models might not support the communication protocol and the files will not be played iPod models supported Mini 4G Photo Nano 5G The order of search or playback of songs in the iPod can be different from the order searched in the audio system If the iPod crashes due to its own trou ble reset iPod Reset Refer to iPod manual iPod may not operate normally on low battery N CAUTION Using iPod device e You need the power cable exclu sive for iPod in order to operate iPod with the buttons on the audio system The PC cable pro vided by Apple may cause mal function and do not use it for vehicle use Continued Continued e When connecting the device with iPod cable push in the jack fully not to interfere with communica tion e When adjusting the sound effects of iPod and the audio system the sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or dis tort the quality of the sound e Deactivate tum off the equalizer function of iPod when adjusting the audio system s volume and tum off the equalizer of the audio system when using the equalizer of iPod e When the iPod cable is connect
37. If the steering wheel does not lock nor mally when the ENGINE START STOP button turns to the OFF position the warning illuminates for 10 seconds on the LCD display Also the warning chime sounds for 3 seconds and the ENGINE START STOP button light blinks for 10 seconds Features of your vehicle REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Sensors OHMO048060N D170000AEN EU DO170500AHM The rear parking assist system assists Rear parking assist system OFF the driver during backward movement of button if equipped the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 120 cm 47 in behind the vehicle This system is a supplemental system and it is not intend ed to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors are limit ed Whenever backing up pay aS much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist system To turn off the rear parking assist system push the button the indicator light will illuminate J Features of your vehicle Operation of the rear parking assist system D170101AEN EU Operating condition e This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch ON If the vehicle is moving at a speed over 5 krVh 3 mph the system may not be activated correctly e The sensing distance while the rear parking assist system is in operation is app
38. OHM038042L OHM038043 OHM038044 C041200AUN EC Air bag warming label Air bag warning labels some required by the Canada Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS are attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system Keys 4 3 Smart key 4 7 Remote Keyless entry 4 10 Theft alarm system 4 13 Door locks 4 15 Tailgate 4 19 Windows 4 21 Hood 4 25 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler lid 4 27 Sunroof 4 30 Driver position memory system 4 34 Power adjustable pedals 4 36 Steering wheel 4 37 Mirrors 4 39 Instrument cluster 4 48 Rear parking assist system 4 67 Rearview camera 4 70 Hazard warning flasher 4 70 Lighting 4 71 Wipers and washers 4 76 Interior light 4 79 Defroster 4 82 Manual climate control system 4 84 Automatic climate control system 4 97 Windshield defrosting and defogging 4 108 Storage compartment 4 111 Interior features 4 114 Exterior feature 4 121 Audio system 4 123 Rear seat entertainment system RSE 4 153 Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle KEYS OHM048230N OHM048231N DOLO1LOOAUN DO1LO2Z200AHM Record your key number Key operations The key code number is stamped on the Used to start the engine bar code tag attached to the key set e Used to lock and unlock the doors Should you lose your keys this number Used to lock and unlock the glove box will enab
39. Onea esiiins ioii aaae 5 43 Emergency starting ee ee 6 4 Emission control SYSTEM Re 7 67 Engine COMPpartMEnt Meee 2 4 7 2 Engine COOlANt Aea E R 7 15 Engine numbersssssssssesessesssssevscevonsevassansasevasaveusuensensssavas Q_7 Engine Oil ssssssesssssssssosssvassssvastossesosssvessunsssesasasesoavassastuseas 7 14 ENGINE START STOP button esriiterirsriissrrisrsassrinss 5 6 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 11 Exterior feature ssssssssessessseseseseesesoessossesseesseseeseese 4 121 P a OS Four wheeldrive AWD Jeenitsrinieisiriiniioiisisioitnaen 5 18 Poel filler id eecisrsusrisrrercortsssisnensnsoirennnki inaina iinnisnieni ADF Fuel requirements ee ee E ER 1 3 Pie EEA E EE N E E 7 42 B o o O Hazard warning flasher E E S a a E a a s e4 5 4 70 PA Gy T MEEA EAE A P EE TIAE EE T 4 25 How to use this manual aja aca E E A T TT 1 2 BIE If the engine overheats EET E T A N T ET 6 6 Index EEE If the engine will not start sssseesssesscesecsooosesoooseceooseeeeoos 6 3 gt If you have a BICIMNDGE Co et ee ee 6 12 In case of an emergency while driving e e 6 2 Parking brake s ssssssesessseseeeseseseseesessseseeesesnensesees 756 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster eesse 1 6 Power adjustable pedals E E abeaRiSe and 4 36 Instrument cluster eessssssssssssssssseeeessesssosssssesssssssssssessssssso 4 48 Power steering flgid sasesiasearetitamesennicannansstiieatoneesaneareg sens
40. SIWIUSA vininty E A 1 Disc 2 ROM Kia s 0 AUX USB mu AUDIO CONTROL ENTER FOLDER wv 1 FM AM Selection Button 2 Power ON OFF Button and Volume Control Knob 3 Automatic Channel Selection Button 4 SCAN Selection Button 5 Preset Selection Button 6 TUNE AUDIO Knob A 300HMU Features of your vehicle E Type C 1 FM AM Selection Button 2 Power ON OFF Button and Volume Control Knob CD AUX 3 Automatic Channel Selection Button RSE o 4 SCAN Selection Button CONTROL _ ewen 5 Preset Selection Button Sear Sees eee 6 TUNE AUDIO Knob 4 DISC 5 ar b FOLDER A 350HMU Features of your vehicle How to Activate RADIO SET UP VOLUME Control 1 FM AM Selection Button The FM AM button toggles between FM and AM Listed below are the paths as the system switches from FM to AM and back to FM e FM AM FM1l FM2 AM FM1 e FM FM1 FM2 FML1 2 Power ON OFF Button amp Volume Control Knob e Turns the audio system on off when the ignition switch is on ACC or ON e If the knob is tumed clockwise counter clockwise the volume will increase decrease 3 Automatic Channel Selection Button e When the TRACK V is pressed it will automatically tune to the next lower Station e When the SEEK lis pressed it will automatically tune to the next higher Station 4 SCAN Selection Button e When the button is pressed it auto matically
41. The SCAN feature steps through every channel starting from the initial chan nel for ten seconds e Press the SCAN button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel if CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel changing is done through the channels within cur rent category 5 Tune Knob and Enter Button e Rotate clockwise to increase the chan nel number or to scroll down the cate gory list e Rotate counterclockwise to decrease the channel number or to scroll up the category list e Press this button to make selection of channels or items E T T Features of your vehicle 6 CAT FOLDER Button e Press CAT or FOLDER V but ton to enter the Category List Mode The display will indicate the category items highlight the category that the current channel belongs to In the Category List Mode press these buttons to navigate category list Press ENTER Button to select the lowest channel in highlighted category If channel is selected by selecting cat egory CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen 7 INFO Selection Button Displays the information of the current channel as below when the button is pressed each time e When default display is CAT CH Category Channel Artist Title Composer if available Category Channel e When default display is ART TITLE Artist Title Category Channel Composer if available A
42. The blinking green arrows on the instru ment panel show the direction indicated by the turn signals If the arrow comes on but does not blink blinks more rapidly than normal or does not illuminate at all it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig nal system You should consult your deal er for repairs D150306AUN EEN High beam indicator O This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash to Pass position Features of your vehicle D150341AHM Cae Light on indicator O if equipped AT The indicator illuminates when the tail lights or headlights are ON The indicator illuminates when the front fog lights ON D150309AUN Front fog light indicator if equipped D150307AHM Engine oil pressure a A i ae l waming light This warning light indicates the engine oil pressure is low If the warning light illuminates while driv ing 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and stop 2 With the engine off check the engine oil level If the level is low add oil as required If the warning light remains on after adding oil or if oil is not available call an authorized KIA dealer A CAUTION If the engine is not stopped imme diately after the engine oil pressure waming light is illuminated severe damage could result CAUTION If the oil pressure waming light stays on while the engine is run ning ser
43. This will Create abnormal high brake tem peratures excessive brake lining and pad wear and increased stopping distances e When descending a long or steep hill shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous application of the brakes Continuous brake application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per formance e Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to safely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them lightly while maintaining a safe forward speed until brake performance retums to normal ee es eel Driving your vehicle EO70101AUN In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while the vehicle is in motion you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake The stopping distance however will be much greater than normal E070102AHM Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal Please remember that some driving con ditions or climates may cause a brake squeal when you first apply or
44. all be in good condition e Do not use the tow hooks to pull a vehi cle out of mud sand or other condi tions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power e Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing e The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequent ly 0 ee eo ee What to do in an emergency A CAUTION e Attach a towing strap to the tow hook e Using a portion of the vehicle other than the tow hooks for tow ing may damage the body of your vehicle e Only use a cable or chain specifi Cally intended for use in towing vehicles Securely fasten the cable or chain to the towing hook provided OHM068019 e Use a towing strap less than 5 m 16 feet long Attach a white or red cloth about 30 cm 12 inches wide in the middle of the strap for easy visibility e Drive carefully so that the towing strap is not loose during towing Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply it steadily and with even force To avoid damaging the hook do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle Always pull straight ahead What to do in an emergency FO80301AHM EU Emergency towing precautions Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn t locked Place the transmission shift lever in N Neutral Release the parking ba
45. also be used at any time Reprogramming a single HomeLink button To program a new device to a previously trained HomeLink button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button Do NOT release until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash Slowly after 20 seconds position the handheld transmitter 2 to 8 cm 1 to 3 inches away from the HomeLink sur face 3 Press and hold the handheld transmit ter button The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rap idly 4 When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your new device should activate Erasing HomeLink buttons Individual buttons cannot be erased However to erase all three programmed buttons 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds 2 Release both buttons Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System is now in the training learn mode and can be programmed at any time following the appropriate steps in the Programming sections above a ee oe ee Features of your vehicle FCC ID NZLZTVHL3 D140200AHM EU IC 4112A ZTVHL3 Outside rearview mirror A CAUTION Be sure
46. an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left G200500AUN Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tre life and best overall performance In most cases you will not need to have your wheels aligned again However if you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way or the other the alignment may need to be reset If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road your wheels may need to be rebalanced CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights Sa ea ee eel Maintenance Tread wear indicator OENO76053 G200600AHM EU Tire replacement If the tire is worn evenly a tread wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread This shows there is less than 1 6 mm 1 16 inch of tread left on the tire Replace the tire when this happens Do not wait for the band to appear across the entre tread before replac ing the tire AX WARNING Replacing tires To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries from an acci dent caused by tre failure or loss of vehicle control e Replace tires that are wom show uneven wear or are damaged Wom tres can cause loss of braking effec tiveness steering control and traction Do not drive your vehicle with too litte or t
47. and rinse thoroughly with water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on salted roads This helps pre vent corrosion e Avoid washing the wheels with high speed car wash brushes e Do not use any cleaners containing acid or acid detergents It may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear protective finish ee ae es ee el Maintenance E G230107AHM Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corrosion By using the most advanced design and construction practices to combat corro sion we produce vehicles of the highest quality However this is only part of the job To achieve the long term corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver the owner s cooperation and assistance is also required Common causes of corrosion The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are e Road salt dirt and moisture that is allowed to accumulate underneath the vehicle e Removal of paint or protective coatings by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive materi als corrosion protection is particularly important Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road Salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corrosion Moisture creates the conditions in which corrosion is most likel
48. bear upon the bony structure of the body and should be worm low across the front of the pelvis or the pelvis chest and shoulders as applicable wearing the lap section of the belt across the abdominal area must be avoided Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as possible consistent with comfort to provide the protection for which they have been designed A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer Continued Continued Care should be taken to avoid con tamination of the webbing with pol ishes oils and chemicals and par ticularly battery acid Cleaning may safely be cared out using mild soap and water The belt should be replaced if webbing becomes frayed contaminated or damaged It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been wom in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not obvious Belts should not be wom with straps twisted Each belt assembly must only be used by one occupant it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being camied on the occu pant s lap WARNING No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack ae ee ee el Safety features of your vehicle 1GQA2083 C020101AHM EU Seat belt waming As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will bl
49. both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experi ence the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening OHM048016 DO80101AUN Window opening and closing The drivers door has a master power window switch that controls all the win dows in the vehicle To open or close a window press down or pull up the front portion of the corre sponding switch to the first detent posi tion 5 OHM048015L DO80102AHM Auto down window if equipped Drivers window Pressing the power window switch momentarily to the second detent posi tion 6 completely lowers the driver s window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation momentarily pull the switch in the direction opposite of the window s movement Features of your vehicle OHM048015 DO80103AHM EU Auto up down window if equipped Driver s window Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position 6 completely lowers or lifts the window even when the switch is released To stop the window at the desired position while the window is in operation pull up or press down and release the switch If the power window does not operate normally the automatic power window system must be reset as follows 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position 2 Close the drivers window and conti
50. dealer can activate or deactivate some auto door lock unlock features as follows e Speed sensing auto door lock e Auto door unlock by using the dri ver s door lock button e Auto door unlock when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch e Auto door lock unlock by shifting the transmission shift lever out of P Park or into P Park If you want to activate or deactivate some door lock unlock feature consult an authorized KIA dealer DO50500AE N Child protector rear door lock The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally open ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehi cle 1 Open the rear door 2 Push the child safety lock located on the rear edge of the door to the lock a positon When the child safety lock is in the lock position the rear door will not open even when the inner door handle is pulled 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle 1 Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 2 until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked a Features of your vehicle TAILGATE DO70200BHM Closing the tailgate To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate to the first detent Then NOTICE In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work p
51. ee Safety features of your vehicle OHM038047N 2GHA3300L C030103AEN 1 Route the child restraint seat strap Securing a child restraint seat with over the seatback tether anchor system For vehicles with adjustable head Child restraint hook holders are located rests route the tether strap under the on the back of the rear seatbacks headrest and between the headrest posts otherwise route the tether strap over the top of the seatback 2 Connect the tether strap hook to the appropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the child restraint seat OUNO36101L C030104AHM EU Securing a child restraint seat with child seat lower anchor system Some child seat manufacturers make child restraint seats that are labeled as LATCH or LATCH compatible child restraint seats LATCH stands for Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children These seats include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two LATCH anchors at specific seating positions in your vehicle This type of child restraint seat eliminates the need to use seat belts to attach the child seat in the rear seats Safety features of your vehicle Lower Anchor 7 OHMO038045N Child restraint symbols are located on the left and right rear seat backs to indi cate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints apa ae es ee eal Safety features of your vehicle 44 WARNING When using the vehicle s LATCH system to install a
52. floor gener ate high temperatures 44 WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or backward without using the lock release lever Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle result ing in an accident OHM038002 Front seat adjustment manual CO10101AHM Forward and backward To move the seat forward or backward 1 Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the Seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Safety features of your vehicle k k eeeannes OHMO038003 C010102AHM Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Lean forward slightly and lift up the seatback recline lever 2 Carefully lean back on the seat and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock OHMO038004 C010103AHM Seat cushion height for driver s seat To change the height of the seat cushion push the lever upwards or downwards e To lower the seat cushion push the l
53. fumes inside the vehicle open the win dows immediately e Do not inhale exhaust fumes Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide a colorless odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia tion e Be sure the exhaust system does not leak The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized KIA dealer e Do not run the engine in an enclosed area Letting the engine idle in your garage even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out e Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fresh and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior If you must drive with the tailgate open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary 1 Close all windows 2 Open side vents 3 Set the air intake control at Fresh the air flow control at Floor or Face and the fan at one of the higher speeds To assure proper operation of the ventilation
54. function selected NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment eatures of your vehicle Features of your vehicle OHM048109 D240205AHM Fan speed control The fan speed can be set to the desired speed by operating the fan speed control switch To change the fan speed pull up A the switch for higher speed or push down V the switch for lower speed gg To turn the fan speed control off press the front blower OFF button OHM048110 D240206AUN Air conditioning Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off OHM048108 D240208AHM EE OFF mode Press the front blower OFF button to turn off the front air climate control system However you can stll operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the igni tion switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle E Front OHM048112 E Rear OHM048159 D240300AHM EE Rear heating and air conditioning if equipped To turn on the rear climate control sys tem 1 Press
55. has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue tuming counterclockwise to remove it Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and radiator are hot Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure Causing seri ous injury ee ee Maintenance G070101AHM For mixture percentage refer to the fol Recommended engine coolant lowing table e Use only soft distilled water in the coolant mixture e The engine in your vehicle has alu minum engine parts and must be pro tected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freez e DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified 35 C 31 F 45 C 49 F 6 m S OHM078003N coolant e Do not use a solution that contains Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and heater more than 60 antifreeze or less than hoses Replace any swollen or deterio 35 antifreeze which would reduce rated hoses the effectiveness of the solution The coolant level should be filled between F and L marks on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If the coolant level is low add enough specified coolant to provide protection against freezing and corrosion Bring the level to F but do not overfill If frequent additions are required see an authorized KIA dealer for a cooling system inspec
56. important item to frequently check Each item is covered in this man ual and the index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Don t forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically Preferably con duct the check at the start of each day s driving Most importantly all hitch nuts and bolts should be tight A CAUTION e Due to higher load during trailer usage overheating might occur in hot days or during uphill driv ing If the coolant gauge indicates over heating switch off the A C and stop the vehicle in a safe area to cool down the engine e When towing check transmission fluid more frequently e If your vehicle is not equipped with the air conditioner you should install a condenser fan to improve engine performance when towing a trailer ee ee Driving your vehicle E140600AHM kg Ibs If you do decide to pull a trailer Here are some important points if you e 3 8L Engine 4 6L Engine decide to pull a trailer e Consider using a sway control You can Maxmum ask a hitch dealer about sway contol Trailer with brakes 2270 5000 3400 7500 e Do not do any towing with your vehicle without during its first 2 000 km 1 200 miles woot b bigs 750 1650 750 1650 in order to allow the engine to properly rakes break in Failure to
57. indicator light in the instrument cluster will illumi nate Release the accelerator at the same time The desired speed will auto matically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going downhill OHM058044N E090200AHM EU To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the RES switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want e Push the RES switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will increase by 1 6 km h 1 0 mph each tme the RES switch is operated in this manner Driving your vehicle OHMO58046N E090300AHM EU To decrease the cruising speed Follow either of these procedures e Push the SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will gradually slow down Release the switch at the speed you want to maintain e Push the SET switch and release it immediately The cruising speed will decrease by 1 6 kn h 1 0 mph each time the SET switch is operated in this manner EO90400AU N To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on If you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator OHMO058045N EO90500AHM EU To cancel cruise control do one of the following e P
58. is in the AUTO light position the taillights and headlights will turn ON or OFF automatically depending on the amount of light outside the vehi cle A CAUTION e Never place anything over sensor 1 located on the instrument panel This will ensure better auto light system control e Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner The cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation e If your vehicle has window tnt or other types of coating on the front windshield the Auto light system may not work properly D190500AUN High beam operation OHMO049069L To turn on the high beam headlights push the lever away from you Pull it back for low beams The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams are switched on To prevent the battery from being dis charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged tme while the engine is not running as ayaa ee ee el Features of your vehicle OHMO048068L To flash the headlights pull the lever towards you It will return to the normal low beam position when released The headlight switch does not need to be on to use this flashing feature OHM048070L D190600AHM Tum signals and lane change sig nals The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function To turn on the turn signals move the lever up or down A The green arrow indicators on the instrument panel indicate which turn sig nal i
59. lightly apply the brakes This is normal and does not indicate a problem with your brakes CAUTION e To avoid costly brake repairs do not continue to drive with wom brake pads e Always replace the front or rear brake pads as pairs Y OHM058021 Parking brake E070201AHM Applying the parking brake To engage the parking brake first apply the foot brake and then depress the park ing brake pedal down as far as possible In addition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on an incline the shift lever should be in the P Park position N CAUTION Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear Driving your vehicle OHM058022 EO070202AHM Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake depress the parking brake pedal a second time while applying the foot brake The pedal will automatically extend to the fully released position If the parking brake pedal does not release or does not release all the way have the system checked by an authorized KIA dealer OC BRAKE Check the brake warning light by turning the igniton switch ON do not start the engine This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the igni tion switch in the START or ON position Before driving be sure the parking brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off If the brake warning light remain
60. maximum front or rear GAWR and vehicle capacity weight If you do parts includ ing tres on your vehicle can break and it can change the way your vehicle handles and braking ability This could cause you to lose control and crash Also overloading can shorten the life of your vehicle Driving your vehicle The label will help you decide how much cargo and installed equipment your vehicle can carry If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases tools packages or anything else they are moving as fast as the vehicle If you have to stop or turn quickly or if there is a crash the items will keep going and can cause an injury if they strike the driv er or a passenger 4 WARNING e Overloading your vehicle can cause heat buildup in your vehicle s tires and possible tre failure that could lead to a crash e Overloading your vehicle can Cause increased stopping dis tances that could lead to a crash e A crash resulting from poor handling vehicle damage tire failure or increased stopping distances could result in sen ous injury or death CAUTION e Overloading your vehicle may cause damage Repairs would not be covered by your warran ty Do not overload your vehicle e Using heavier suspension com ponents to get added durability might not change your weight ratings Ask your dealer to help you load your vehicle the nght way A WARNING Loose cargo Items you carry inside your vehicl
61. number blink e Repeat step 2 and 3 until all of the slots are loaded J CAUTION e Insert a CD only while Insert Disc 1 6 is displayed and the slot indicator blinks e Don tinsert two CDs for one oper ation Features of your vehicle Continued e Depending on the condition of Continued e If you disconnect the extemal J CAUTION Using USB device e To use the external USB device make sure the device is not con nected when starting the vehicle Connect the device after starting If you start the vehicle when the USB device is mounted it may damage the USB device USB is not ESA If the vehicle is started or turned off while the external USB device is connected the external USB device may not work It may not play inauthentic MP3 or WMA files 1 lt can only play MP3 files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps 2 ft can only play WMA music files with the compression rate between 8Kbps 320Kbps Take cautions for static electricity when connect or disconnect the external USB device e Encoded MP3 PLAYER is not rec ognizable Continued the external USB device the con nected external USB device can be unrecognizable When the VHAPTIL byte sector setting of External USB devices is not either 512byte or 2048byte then the device will not be recog nized The USB device should only be formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB device without USB I F IMPLEMENTERS FORUM au
62. of your vehicle OHM048044N D150100AHM EE Instrument panel illumination if equipped When the vehicle s parking lights or headlights are on rotate the illumination control knob to adjust the brightness of the instrument panel illumination The instrument cluster Type B illumina tion intensity can be adjusted by rotating the control knob with the headlight switch in any position when the ignition switch is in the ON position E Type A 5 OHM048045L D iiin 7 100 120 n 140 Sa kmh E Type B mn 180 OHM048046L Gauges D150201AHM Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in kilome ters per hour and or miles per hour E Type A E Type B we eT Orpim OHM048047N D150202AHM Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine J Features of your vehicle When the door is opened or if the engine E Type A E Type B is not started within 1 minute the tachometer pointer may move slightly in the ON position with the engine OFF This movement is normal and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running NN yy CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine dam OHM048048
63. or the edges of the center hole only Clean the disc surface with a piece of soft cloth before playback wipe it from the center to the outside edge Do not damage the disc surface or attach pieces of sticky tape or paper onto it Make sure objects other than CDs are not inserted into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD ata time e Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt e Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or making and recording methods In such circumstances if you stil continue to use those CDs they may cause the malfunction of your vehicle audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Protected Audio CD Some copy protected CDs which do not comply with the international audio CD standards Red Book may not play on your vehicle audio Please note that if you try to play copy protected CDs and the CD player does not perform correct ly the CDs maybe defective not the CD player See See cal Features of your vehicle RADIO SET UP VOLUME CONTROL E Type A 1 FM AM Selecton Button Q 2 Power ON OFF Button and Volume Control Knob 3 Automatic Channel Selection Button AUX USB a 4 SCAN Selection Button vF T see 5 Preset Selection Button i i FOLDER N f 6 TUNE AUDIO Knob 7 MUTE Button 5 A 200HMU Features of your vehicle E Type B T MPS
64. over e When cleaning underneath the vehicle give particular attention to the compo nents under the fenders and other areas that are hidden from view Do a thorough job just dampening the accu mulated mud rather than washing it away will accelerate corrosion rather than prevent it Water under high pres sure and steam are particularly effec tive in removing accumulated mud and corrosive materials e When cleaning lower door panels rocker panels and frame members be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your vehicle in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your vehicle in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim in good condition Scratches or chips in the finish should be covered with touch up paint as soon as possible to reduce the possibility of cor rosion If bare metal is showing through the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is recommended Bird droppings Bird droppings are high ly corrosive and may damage painted Surfaces in just a few hours Always remove bird droppings as soon as possi ble Don t neglect the interior Moist
65. positon memory systemi bDUtonsa ea ee cncenere 4 34 DOLS EATE E E AAL A E AR I E E 3 2 OHMO18001N BO10000AHM EU Your vehicle at a glance INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW neeg 7 BO2Z0000AHM EE 1L Instrument CHUSTET ys vo an cece eee ere ane 4 48 2 Steering wheel audio controls 4 124 3 Light control Turn signals 4 72 A OMI eter eee mace deerme ans feces mee 4 38 5 Auto cruise Controls cccccseeeeeees 5 39 6 Wiper Washer SWItCN ccsceeeeeees 4 36 7 Drivers front air DAG si hiress seen 3 49 8 Driver s knee air DaQ cccceeeeee es 3 49 9 Ignition switch or ENGINE START STOP button 5 4 10 Hazard warning flaSher 0008 6 2 11 Audio or Navigation s 4 128 2 DigitalkGlocker E E 4 118 13 Climate control systen 08 4 84 14 Power OUUECU ce Cae 4 115 TS MUDO Ae e E ecanmed oor ear ee 4 112 UGS S nWEIGVER See eer cnen ese terceesccenumie sate 5 12 17 Aux USB and iPod port 4 125 18 Seat warmer SWItCH ccceceeeee ees 3 8 19 AC inverter SWitCh cccceeeeees 4 116 20 Rear parking assist system OEF SWIAT a a a suse 4 67 21 Parking brake pedal 000000 5 28 22 Brake pedal a eienen eeen 5 27 23 Accelerator pedal ccceececeeeeees 5 9 24 Passenger s front air bag 3 50 25A GIOVE Dox Hae ere ea E E T 4 111 if equipped OHMO18002N 2 epee eee Yo
66. psi X NOTICE Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire Adjust it to the specified pressure as necessary What to do in an emergency When using a compact spare tre observe the following precautions Under no circumstances should you exceed 80 kmyh 50 mph a higher speed could damage the tire Ensure that you drive slowly enough for the road conditions to avoid all hazards Any road hazard such as a pothole or debris could seriously damage the compact spare Any continuous road use of this tire could result in tire failure loss of vehicle contol and possible per sonal injury Do not exceed the vehicle s maxi mum load rating or the load carry ing capacity shown on the sidewall of the compact spare tire Avoid driving over obstacles The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a con ventional tire and reduces the ground clearance approximately 25 mm 1 inch which could result in damage to the vehicle e Do not take this vehicle through an automatic car wash while the com pact spare tire is installed e The compact spare tire s tread life is Shorter than a regular tre Inspect your compact spare tre regularly and replace worn com pact spare tires with the same size and design mounted on the same wheel e The compact spare tire should not be used on any other wheels nor Should standard tires snow tres wheel covers or trim rings be used with t
67. same time as the TPMS malfunction indicator Have the system checked by an authorized KIA dealer aS soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem CAUTION e The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tic power supply cables or radio transmitter such as at police stations govemment and public offices broadcast ing stations military installa tons airports or transmitting towers etc This can interfere with nomnal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Continued Continued If there is a failed tire sensor it is possible for the TPMS to temporarily leam a replace ment sensor if closely driven to another vehicle that is also equipped with TPMS In rare cases this may temporarily delay the TPMS malfunction indicator from tuming on The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if Snow chains or some electronic devices such as notebook computers are used in the vehicle These can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 0 ae es ee eal What to do in an emergency F060300AHM EC Changing a tre with TPMS If you have a flat tire the Low Tire Pressure telltale will turn on Have the flat tire repaired by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible or replace the flat tire with the tempo rary spare tre X NOTICE NEVER use a puncture repairing agent to repair and or inflate
68. seconds before re engaging the starter Improper use of the starter may damage it ae ee spl Driving your vehicle e Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the ENGINE START STOP but ton is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the KEY OUT indicator will blink or the warning Key is not in vehicle will illuminate on the LCD dis play And if all doors are closed the chime will sound for 5 seconds The A CAUTION If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion If the traffic and road condi tions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and press the ENGINE START STOP button in an attempt to restart the engine indicator or warning will turn off while the vehicle is moving Always have the smart key with you EO40300AHM EU Starting the engine with a smart key if equipped 1 Carry the smart key or leave it inside the vehicle 2 Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied 3 Place the transmission shift lever in P Park 4 Press the ENGINE START STOP but ton while depressing the brake pedal 5 In extremely cold weather below 18 C O F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm
69. shift lever into the N Neutral i Turn the transfer knob from the AUTO position mode to 4H mode or 4H mode to AUTO 3 Turn the transfer knob to the 4H or 4L mode at the speed below 80 kmh 50 position mph It is not necessary to put the shift 4 Before shifting to other ranges from lever into the N Neutral position the N Neutral position wait for the Perform this operation when driving corresponding indicator light to turn on straight There will be a few seconds of or off in the cluster time delay before shifting into the desired mode If the weather is extremely cold 15 C 5 F and the engine is not heated trans fer from AUTO mode to 4H mode when the vehicle is stopped or at low speed our vehicle E170300AHM EC For safe four wheel drive opera tion e Do not try to drive in deep standing water or mud since such conditions can stall your engine and clog your exhaust pipes Do not drive down steep hills since it requires extreme Skill to maintain control of the vehicle HILL1 When you are driving up or down hills drive as straight as possible Use extreme caution in going up or down steep hills since you may flip your vehicle over depending on the grade terrain and water mud conditions HILL2 ee ees ered Drivin our vehicle You must consciously take the effort to learn how to corner in a 4WD vehicle Do not rely on your experience in con ventional 2WD vehicles in choosing Safe corn
70. start and the button will change as follow OFF ACC gt ON gt OFF or ACC aye ees et el Driving your vehicle EO30205AHM NOTICE If you leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ACC or ON position for a long time the battery will discharge Driving your vehicle STARTING THE ENGINE EO40000AUN EU Starting the engine with an igni tion key if equipped E040100AHM 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Place the transmission shift lever in P Park Depress the brake pedal fully You can also start the engine when the shift lever is in the N Neutral position 3 Turn the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below 18 C 0 F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator A CAUTION If the engine Stalls while you are in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If traffic and road conditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and tum the ignition switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine CAUTION Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 5 to 10
71. tghtly against the occupant s body in certain frontal collisions or side collisions or rollovers The pre tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the ail OHM038030 OHM038032 Ofer e Routing the seat belt webbing through frontal collision or side collision or Stowing the rear seat belt the rear seat belt guides will help keep rollover is severe enough e The rear seat belt buckles can be the belts from being trapped behind or stowed in the pocket between the rear under the seats seatback and cushion when not in use Safety features of your vehicle When the vehicle stops suddenly or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions or side collisions or rollovers the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occu pant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will release some of the pressure on the affected seat belt x NOTICE The pre tensioner will activate not only in a frontal collision but also in a side collision or rollover if the vehicle is equipped with a side or curtain air bag gt o et 2 M S SS The seat belt pre tensioner system con sists mainly of the following components Their locations are shown in the illustra tion
72. the LCD 4 DVD AUX2 Selection Button In the event there is a DVD inserted and an auxiliary device is connected to the RSE system pressing the DVD AUX2 button will switch between DVD and AUX2 modes Features of your vehicle SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO E Type A 1 SATELLITE RADIO Selection Button 2 Channel Selection Button 3 Preset Selection Button AUX USB 4 SCAN Selection Button rus AUDIO O ores 5 Tune Knob and Enter Button A 3 scROUu CAT 6 CAT FOLDER Button FOLDER wv 7 INFO Selection Button A 200HMU Features of your vehicle E Type B 1 SATELLITE RADIO Selection Button 2 Channel Selection Button 3 Preset Selection Button AUX USB 4 SCAN Selection Button mut AUDIO Se 5 Tune Knob and Enter Button 2 ROM 3 SCROLL 6 CAT FOLDER Button FOLDER w 7 INFO Selection Button A 300HMU Features of your vehicle E Type C 1 SATELLITE RADIO Selection Button 2 Channel Selection Button CD AUX 3 Preset Selection Button 4 SCAN Selection Button CONTROL Enter 5 Tune Knob and Enter Button ROM 3 scou 6 CAT FOLDER Button RPT 6 7 INFO Selection Button A 350HMU Features of your vehicle How to Use SIRIUS Satellite Radio Your Kia vehicle is equipped with a 3 month complimentary period of SIRIUS Satellite Radio so you have access to over 130 channels of music information and entertainment programming A
73. the activated mode the DBC will temporarily deactivate under the following conditions The DBC will turn OFF under the following con ditions e The DBC button is pressed again not e The vehicle speed is over 60 knh 38 mph illuminated illuminated Driving your vehicle x NOTICE The DBC does not turn ON in the P Park position The DBC may not activate if the ESC or BAS is activated Noise or vibration may occur from the brakes when the DBC is activated The rear stop light comes on when the DBC is activated In a very steep hill even though the brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed the DBC may not deacti vate Always turn OFF the DBC on normal roads The DBC might activate from the standby mode when abrupt corn ing or driving through speed bumps EOQ70600AHM Good braking practices Check to be sure the parking brake is not engaged and the parking brake indicator light is out before driving away Driving through water may get the brakes wet They can also get wet when the vehicle is washed Wet brakes can be dangerous Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and call an authorized K
74. the engine START RUN posi tion or vehicle power ON positon press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park posi tion When you press the ENGINE START STOP button without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will not turn to the OFF position but to the ACC position Also the steering wheel locks when the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position to protect you against theft It locks when the door is opened or when you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder If the steering wheel is not locked prop erly when you open the driver s door the warning chime will sound Try locking the steering wheel again If the problem is not solved have it checked by an author ized KIA dealer In addition if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position after the dri ver s door is opened the steering wheel will not lock and the warning chime will sound In such a situation close the door Then the steering wheel will lock and the warning chime will stop NOTICE If the steering wheel doesn t unlock properly the ENGINE START STOP button will not work Press the ENGINE START STOP button while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension A CAUTION You are able to tum off the engine START RUN or vehicle power ON only when the vehicle is not in motion In an emergency situation while the vehicle is in motion you are able to
75. the rear blower ON OFF button located on the front and rear climate control panel indicator light will illumi nate Operating the fan speed switch will also turn on the rear climate control system 2 Set the fan speed to the desired speed with the front or rear fan speed switch 3 The rear temperature and mode is controlled automatically by the front climate control system e Rear temperature same as the front temperature e Rear mode control Front mode control is 7s Rear mode control is Y Front mode control n IS Rear mode control is s Front mode control is N Rear mode control is s 4 To turn off the rear climate control sys tem press the rear blower ON OFF button located on the front and rear cli mate control panel once more indica tor light is not illuminated wi Na Ut e If you operate the rear temperature or mode on the rear climate control panel the corresponding rear temperature or mode will operate independently regardless of the front climate control system operation e If the ignition switch is turned OFF and ON again the rear temperature and mode will be controlled automatically by the front climate control system e To activate the rear air conditioning press the A C button on the front cli mate control system Features of your vehicle e 7 Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling e sy Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower ven
76. the vehicle And if you tow a trailer you must add the tongue load to the GVW because your vehicle will also be carrying that weight The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi mum of 10 of the total loaded trailer weight within the limits of the maximum trailer tongue load permissible After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trail er and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer aaa ee eel Driving your vehicle OHM068032N E140700AHM Service Connector for towing brake controller 1 Trailer brake blue 2 Battery black 3 Stop light red 4 Ground white A service connector is equipped in your vehicle for the towing brake controller as shown Link the connector to the towing brake controller with the sub wire har ness Stored in the glove box The detailed explanation of the sub wire harness cir cuit is shown in the picture Be sure to position the towing brake controller where it does not interfere with the driver from operating the pedal We recommend that the sub wire har ness be stored in the glove box when it is not in use E140800AHM Trailer light connector Your vehicle is equipped with a wire har ness stored in the rear end underbody Use it to connect and operate the trailer lights However the trailer lights must comply with federal state provincial and l
77. then you may attempt to rock the vehicle free by moving it forward and backward Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects are anywhere near the vehicle During the rocking operation the vehicle may suddenly move forward of backward as it becomes unstuck causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects E060203AHM Moving up a steep grade froma stand ing start To move up a steep grade from a stand ing start depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes a ee ees se rl Driving your vehicle FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD IF EQUIPPED E170000AHM Engine power can be delivered to all front and rear wheels for maximum traction AWD is useful when extra traction is required on road such as when driving on slippery muddy wet or snow covered roads These vehicles are not designed for challenging off road use Occasional off road use such as established unpaved roads and trails are OK It is always important when traveling off high way that the driver carefully reduces the speed to a level that does not exceed the safe operating speed for those condi tions In general off road conditions pro vide less traction and braking effective ness than normal road conditions The driver must be especially alert to avoid driving
78. to adjust the miror angles Do not scrape ice off the mirror This device complies with Industry before driving face this may damage the surface Canada Standard RSS 210 Your vehicle is equipped with both left of the glass If ice should AEE Operation is subject to the following two hand and righthand outside rearview Paice cates mien amare do fend conditions mirrors The mirrors can be adjusted z deic i saav Ora 1 this device may not cause harmful remotely with the remote switch The mir peat ie E pers ae sake interference and ror heads can be folded back to prevent yea SY 2 This device must accept any interfer damage during an automatic car wash or ence received including interference When passing through a narrow street that may cause undesired operation N CAUTION If the mirror is jammed with ice do not adjust the mirror by force Use an approved spray de icer not radi ator antifreeze to release the frozen mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt NVS is a registered trademark and Z Nav is a trademark of the Gentex Corporation Zeeland Michigan HomeLink is a registered trademark owned by J ohnson Controls Incorporated Milwaukee Wisconsin Features of your vehicle A CAUTION e The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is pressed Do not press the switch longer than necessary the mo
79. tum the engine off and to the ACC position by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for more than 3 seconds or 3 times successively f the vehicle is still moving you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the N Neutral position Driving your vehicle E030202AHM ACC Accessory Orange indicator Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal The steering wheel unlocks and electri cal accessories are operational If the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position for more than 1 hour the button is turned off automatically to prevent battery discharge E030203AHM ON Green indicator Press the ENGINE START STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the ENGINE START STOP button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running E030704AHM START RUN Not illuminated To start the engine depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park or the N Normal position For your Safety start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park position NOTICE If you press the ENGINE START STOP button without depressing the brake pedal the engine will not
80. use the same recommended inflation pressure Mixing of radial ply tires with bias ply or bias belted tires is not recommended Any combina tions of radial ply and bias ply or bias belted tres when used on the same vehicle will seriously deteriorate vehicle handling The best rule to fol low is Identical redial ply tres should always be used as a Set of four Maintenance ee Longer wearing tires can be more susceptible to irregular tread wear It iS very important to follow the tre rotation interval shown in this section to achieve the tread life potential of these tires Cuts and punctures in radial ply tires are repairable only in the tread area because of sidewall flexing Consult your tire dealer for radial ply tire repairs ee ee Maintenance FUSES Blade type ie Normal Cartridge type Blown 1VQA4037 G210000AHM A vehicle s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses This vehicle has 5 fuse panels one locat ed in the drivers side panel bolster the others in the engine compartment and luggage compartment If any of your vehicle s lights acces sories or controls do not work check the appropriate circuit fuse If a fuse has blown the element inside the fuse will melt If the electrical system does not work first check the driver s side fuse panel Always replace a blown fuse with one of the same rating If the replacement fuse blows this indi
81. use the following procedure webbing is not twisted 2 Fasten the lap shoulder belt latch into the buckle Listen for the distinct click sound Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency Safety features of your vehicle OENO36103 4 Slowly allow the shoulder portion of the seat belt to retract and listen for an audible clicking or ratcheting sound This indicates that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode If no distinct sound is heard repeat steps 3 and 4 OENO36104 5 Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the child restraint system while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor 6 Push and pull on the child restraint system to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place If it is not release the seat belt and repeat steps 2 through 6 7 Double check that the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode by attempting to pull more of the seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot the retractor is in the Auto Lock mode To remove the child restraint press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap shoulder belt out of the restraint and allow the seat belt to retract fully When the seat belt is allowed to retract to its fully stowed position the retractor will automatically switch from the Auto Lock mode to the emergency lock mode for normal adult usage ee oe
82. will change the mode in CDC DVDPCDC order 2 When in CDC mode use the 4 direc tion joystick on the REAR panel to move to the select area of the DISC where the MP3 has been inserted and press the select button on the remote control to begin playing x NOTICE If there are no discs already inserted in the CD Changer or the DVD player pressing the DISC key on the remote control will not begin mode operation Selecting a file or searching current file with the Rear Remote Control 1 Press the SEEK TRACK UP DOWN button on the Remote Control to move to the previous or next file 2 Pressing the TUNE UP DOWN button on the Remote Control will quickly search the previous or next files NOTICE In the case of CD Changer The RAN DOM REPEAT and SCAN functions are supported only by the FRONT sys tem There are no buttons for these functions in the REAR system and the method of operating the FRONT system are the same as the REAR system In the case of DVD Player The RAN DOM REPEAT and SCAN functions are not supported in the FRONT and REAR systems SoS See cel Features of your vehicle MP3 mode menu screen configura tion CDC mp3 1 1 Mode display This displays that the current mode is MP3 mode of the CD Changer 2 FAST FORWARD button The file is fast forwarded 3 FAST REWIND button The file is rewinded 4 FILE DOWN button The start of the current or previous file will begin
83. with the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illuminated may cause damage to the emission con trol systems which could effect dn vability and or fuel economy A CAUTION If the Emission Control System Malfunction Indicator Light illumi nates potential catalytic converter damage is possible This could result in loss of engine power Have the Engine Control System inspect ed as soon as possible by an authorized KIA dealer D150323AUN EU ESC Electronic Stability Control indicator if equipped The ESC indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but Should go off after approximately 3 sec onds When the ESC is on it monitors the driving conditions and under normal driving conditions the ESC light will remain off When a slippery or low trac tion condition is encountered the ESC will operate and the ESC indicator will blink to indicate the ESC is operating ESC D150324AUN EU ESC OFF indicator if equipped ESC OFF The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON but should go off after approximately 3 seconds To switch to ESC OFF mode press the ESC OFF button The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate indicating the ESC is deactivated If this indicator Stays on when ESC OFF is not selected the ESC may have malfunctioned Take your vehicle to an authorized KIA dealer and have the system checked Features of your vehicle D150343AHM EU D
84. your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Maintenance ee e Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas Such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area e When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running adjust the ventilation system as needed to draw outside air into the vehicle e Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi cle for any extended time with the engine running e When the engine Stalls or fails to start excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system G270303BUN Operating precautions for catalytic converters if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device Therefore the following precautions must be observed e Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso line engines e Do not operate the vehicle when there are signs of engine malfunction such as misfire or a noticeable loss of per formance e Do not misuse or abuse the engine Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off e Do not operate the engine at high idle speed for extended periods 5 minutes or more Do not modify or tamper with any part of the engine or emission control sys tem All inspections and adjustments must be made by an authorized KIA dealer e Avoid driving with a very low f
85. 00AHM Smart key functions Carrying the smart key you may lock and unlock the vehicle doors and tailgate Also you may start the engine Refer to the following for more details OHM048002 D040101BHM Locking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors and tailgate closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is with in 28 in 0 7 m from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock button inside the vehicle or pull the outside door handle Even though you press the button the doors will not lock and the chime sounds 3 times if any of the following occurs e The smart key is in the vehicle e The ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position e Any door except the tailgate is opened DO040102AHM EU Unlocking Pressing the buttons in the drivers out side door handle with all doors and tail gate closed and locked unlocks the dri vers door The hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds twice to indi cate that the driver s door is unlocked All doors and tailgate are unlocked if the button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound twice to indicate that all the doors
86. 0200AHM Changing the engine oil and filter Have engine oil and filter changed by an authorized KIA dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at the beginning of this section 4X WARNING Used engine oil may cause skin imi tation or cancer if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of tme Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory animals Always pro tect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possible after handling used oil ENGINE COOLANT GO70000AHM The high pressure cooling system has a reservoir filled with year round antifreeze coolant The reservoir is filled at the fac tory Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling to a colder climate G0O70100AHM Checking the coolant level AX WARNING Removing radiator cap e Never attempt to remove the radi ator cap while the engine is oper ating or hot Doing so might lead to cooling system and engine damage Also hot coolant or steam could cause serious per sonal injury Continued Continued e Tum the engine off and wait untl it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and tum it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system When you are sure all the pressure
87. 04AHM the window will stop and cannot Power window lock button be opened or closed e The driver can disable the power win dow switches on the passenger doors by pressing the power window lock but ton located on the drivers door to the LOCK position pressed e When the power window lock button is in the LOCK position pressed the drivers master control cannot operate the passenger door power windows Features of your vehicle DO90200AHM Closing the hood 1 Before closing the hood check the fol lowing e All filler caps in the engine compart ment must be correctly installed e Gloves rags or any other com bustible material must be removed from the engine compartment 2 Lower the hood halfway and push down to securely lock in place OHMo048020 DO90100AHM 2 Go to the front of the vehicle raise the Opening the hood hood slightly pull up the secondary 1 Pull the release lever to unlatch the latch 1 inside of the hood center and hood The hood should pop open lift the hood 2 Slightly 3 Raise the hood It will completely raise by itself after it has been raised about halfway J Features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle FUEL FILLER LID t S L A OHM048021N D100100AHM Opening the fuel filler lid The fuel filler lid must be opened from inside the vehicle by pulling out the fuel filler lid opener lever located on the dri ver s door x NOTICE If the fuel fille
88. 9020 mal EN e Operate the door unlock feature With the door lock button repeatedly both electronic and e To unlock a door push the door lock manual while simultaneously button 1 to the Unlock position The pulling on the door handle red mark 2 on the button will be visi e Operate the other door locks and ble handles front and rear f bs e To lock a door push the door lock but e Lower a front window and use the N OHM048010 ton 1 to the Lock position If the door key to unlock the door from out D050202AHM EU is locked properly the red mark 2 on side With central door lock switch the door lock button will not be visible e Move to the cargo area and open Operate by pressing the central door lock e To open a door pull the door handle the tailgate switch 3 outward Features of your vehicle e When pressing the front portion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock e When pressing the rear portion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlock e If the key is in the ignition switch or if the smart key is in the vehicle and any front door is opened the doors will not lock even though the front portion 1 of the central door lock switch is pressed 4X WARNING Doors e The doors should always be fully closed and locked while the vehi cle is in motion to prevent acci dental opening of the door Locked doors will also discour age potental intruders when the vehicle stops or slows do
89. ANDOM Play Button Automatic Track Selection Button REPEAT Play Button SCROLL Play Button CD Indicator CD Selection Button SCAN Play Button 10 Track File Search Knob and ENTER Button 11 FOLDER Search Button 12 INFORMATION Button 13 DISC UP DOWN Button 14 CD Loading Button a CD Number Indicator field b CD Slot indicator Gbisc ig LOAD CD AUX RSE ON 8 em O ON HO UW RAUNA S AUSH AUDIO CONTROL ENTER A CAT OOG O i FOLDER w 0009 A 350HMU a See T Features of your vehicle How to Activate CDP CD CHANGER 1 CD Loading Slot e Please place the CD with the printed side upward and then gently push in e CDP models support both 8cm and 12 cm CDs e CDC models support only 12 cm CD e If VCD Data CD DVD are loaded MEDIA ERROR message will appear and the CD will eject CAUTION Don t insert a CD if CD indicator is illuminated in the CDP 2 CD Eject Button e Press this button to eject the CD during CD playback e If there is no CD in the deck NO DISC will be displayed for 5 seconds and returns to the previous mode X ALL EJ ECT CDC ONLY Press this button for more than 0 8 second to eject all discs inside the decks in the respective order 3 RANDOM Play Button Press this button for less than 0 8 second to activate RDM mode and more than 0 8 second to activate A
90. BC Downhill brake control indicator if equipped Type A A Type B Type A The DBC indicator will illuminate when the DBC button is pressed and the sys tem is on When driving down a steep hill at a speed under 35 knyh 22 mph the DBC will operate and the DBC indicator will blink to indicate the DBC is operating Type B The white DBC indicator will illuminate when the DBC button is pressed and the system is on When driving down a steep hill at a speed under 35 knyh 22 mph the DBC will operate and the yellow DBC indicator will illuminate to indicate the DBC is operating If the red indicator illuminates the DBC system may have malfunctioned Take your vehicle to an authorized KIA dealer and have the system checked D150325AHM Cruise indicators if equipped CRUISE indicator CRUISE The indicator light illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator light in the instru ment cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF switch on the steering wheel is pulled The indicator light goes off when the cruise control ON OFF switch is pulled again For more information about the use of cruise control refer to Cruise control system in section 5 Cruise SET indicator SET The indicator light illuminates when the cruise function switch SET or RES 4 is ON The cruise SET indicator light in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control swit
91. Cargo loading Make sure the engine is off the automatic transmission is in P Park and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadver tently moved to another position Safety features of your vehicle SEAT BELTS C020100AHM Seat belt restraint system 4 WARNING e For maximum restraint system protection the seat belts must always be used whenever the vehicle is moving Seat belts are most effective when seatbacks are in the upright position Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder belt can cause serious injuries in a crash The shoulder belt should be positioned midway over your shoulder across your collarbone Continued Continued e Avoid wearing twisted seat belts A twisted belt can t do its job well In a collision it could even cut into you Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twist ed e Be careful not to damage the belt webbing or hardware If the belt webbing or hardware is dam aged replace it 4 WARNING Seat belts are designed to
92. Driver s and front passenger s seat belt buckle sensors 13 Driver s knee air bag module if equipped The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre tensioner seat belt deployment The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the SRS air bag warning light should go out If any of the following conditions occurs this indicates a malfunction of the SRS Have an authorized KIA dealer inspect the air bag system as soon as possible e The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion Driver s front air bag 1 ee The front air bag modules are located in the center of the steering wheel in the front passenger s panel above the glove box and or in the drivers side knee bol ster When the SRSCM detects a suffi ciently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags ee ee ee Safety features of your vehicle Driver s front air bag 2 Driver s front air bag 3 Passenger s front air bag OHM039104N B240B05L Upon deployment tear seams molded A fully inflated air bag in combination directly into t
93. EEK functions are operating The RSE supports only the AUDIO SCAN function 7 Station display The station of the currently playing broadcast is displayed Features of your vehicle 8 Stereo reception display This is displayed when the current broadcast is a stereo broadcast Methods of Station selection Selecting station through Preset This function allows station previously saved to be selected for broadcast 1 After selecting one of the FM1 FM2 AM modes move the select area to one of the six preset buttons stored with the broadcast station desired for listening and press the ENTER key 87 7 Miz x NOTICE The channels possible for preset are 6 channels each for FM1 FM2 and AM Refer to Chapter Storing a broadcast channel to a preset button for more information on storing presets Selecting station through SEEK This function is used to automatically select channels through the SEEK function 1 After selecting one of the FM1 FM2 AM modes press the SEEK button on the Remote Control to automatical ly search for stations with high recep tion 2 In addition press the SEEK UP DOWN on the remote control to increase or decrease the station automatically to search for high reception stations Selecting a station through TUNE This function allows the TUNE function to be used to directly select the desired broadcast station 1 After selecting one of the FM1 FM2 AM modes press the TUNE b
94. FF position when the smart key in the vehicle discharges the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the warning chime sounds once Replace the battery with a new one Press brake pedal to start engine Ifthe ENGINE START STOP button turns to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake pedal the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the brake pedal to start the engine Shift to P position If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P Park position the ENGINE START STOP button will turn to the ACC position If the button is pressed once more it will turn to the ON position The warning illuminates on the LCD dis play for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should press the ENGINE START STOP button with the shift lever in the P Park position to turn off the engine Remove key When you turn off the engine with the Smart key in the smart key holder the warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds Also the smart key holder light blinks for about 10 seconds To remove the smart key push the smart key once and pull it out from the smart key holder J Features of your vehicle Insert key If you press the ENGINE START STOP button while Key is not detected illumi nates on the LCD display the warning Insert key illuminates for about 10 sec onds
95. However air bag inflation can also cause injuries which can include facial abrasions bruises and broken bones because the inflation speed also caus es the air bags to expand with a great deal of force e There are even circumstances under which contact with the steer ing wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries especially if the occupant is positioned excessively close to the steering wheel Safety features of your vehicle C040902AHM Noise and smoke When the air bags inflate they make a loud noise and they leave smoke and powder in the air inside of the vehicle This is normal and is a result of the igni tion of the air bag inflator After the air bag inflates you may feel substantial dis comfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag as well as from breathing the smoke and powder Open your doors and or windows as soon as possible after the impact in order to reduce dis comfort and prevent prolonged expo sure to the smoke and powder Though the smoke and powder are non toxic they may cause irritation to the skin eyes nose and throat etc If this is the case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult a doctor if the symptom persists 1 BH3051 C040903AEN Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger s seat Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear f
96. IA dealer for assis tance 2p ae es ee el Driving your vehicle Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extremely haz ardous Keep the vehicle in gear at all times use the brakes to slow down then shift to a lower gear so that engine braking will help you maintain a Safe speed Don t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal while driv ing can be dangerous because the brakes might overheat and lose their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake components If a tre goes flat while you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while you Slow down When you are moving Slowly enough for it to be safe to do so pull off the road and stop in a safe place e If your vehicle is equipped with an automatic transmission don t let your vehicle creep forward To avoid creep ing forward keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped Be cautious when parking on a hill Firmly engage the parking brake and place the shift lever in P Park If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your parking brake c
97. ICE Please refer to the Language Code page at the back of the user manual The set values will not be applied in the case of playing a DISC which does not support the currently set language or the current settings Searching ttfe chapter 1 While playing select the search 2 When searching for tites press the TITLE button DVDP pyvo Se SS eel Features of your vehicle Using the Interactive Menu 1 Upon first playing a DVD title a menu screen will become displayed after the initialization video While playing press the menu button the AV MENU button on the REAR panel or the AV MENU button on the Remote Control to display the semi transparent AV MENU at the top of the screen 2 Select the desired menu by using the up down amp left right direction keys or the 4 direction joystick keys on the Rear Panel or the 4 direction keys on the Remote Control and press ENTER NOTICE The menu will operate only in support ed DVD titles Features of your vehicle USB mode NOTICE iPod mode Refer to the MP3 mode section in iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc Starting USB mode by use of Rear Chapter 5 for additional USB related panel operational instructions Starting iPod mode by use of Rear 1 Press the MODE button on the REAR panel panel to display the MODE selection 1 Press the MODE button on the REAR screen panel to display the MODE selection screen 2 If the key on the joystick located
98. ION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL n OHMO88005N HO30000AUN The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best perform ance for normal driving The tire label located on the driver s side center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your car OHM089007 HO4000AUN The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing eee es ee al Index A Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 37 Air cleaner E E e ay01aseseie el eve 6 e e eue 6 E T E a A A T sae acs aiere 7 21 Appearance CAfCeeereeeeeeeceeesoeccoeecocesoecooceooeccoesoseeseecsoecoseeoe 7 53 Audio system OO CO N T TT 4 123 Automatic climate control system sion assre Ssiesssbo wrelsrerecerarene Siesereie Sareea 4 97 Automatic transmission sian acs E avein e a nieve E N T 5 12 B Battery CRT r a T ET 7 25 Before driving E E E E A a E a E S a E T E 5 3 E E E EAE E E 7 18 Brake system E E T E T r E TE canes 5 27 Bulb wattage ET E E ssav eig 6 ese eioarateeia anaxave s amp 2 C Child restraint system L E r E T T 3 29 Climate control air filter E E E T A T T TTT 7 21 Cruise control system a T T EET 5 39 De Defroster accra co eee eW avin area Bra r r area eis eibleeiele beware crave 4 82 Dimensions A N A A T E A ET T E E E N N N A TE amp 2 Door locks A A E N A E A a A E A A A T A T a 4 15 Driver position memory system T r E TTT 4 34 E Economical opera
99. If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly Safety features of your vehicle X NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly Front seat Height adjustment You can adjust the height of the shoulder belt anchor to one of the 5 positions for maximum comfort and safety The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too near your neck The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position To raise the height adjuster pull it up 1 To lower it push it down 3 while press ing the height adjuster button 2 Release the button to lock the anchor into position Try sliding the height adjuster to make sure that it has locked into position eee Safety features of your vehicle B200A02NF CO20106AUN Seat belts Front passenger and rear seat 3 point system with combination locking retractor To fasten your seat belt Combination retractor type seat belts are installed in the rear seat positions to help acc
100. KIA THE COMPANY Congratulations Your selection of a KIA was a wise investment It will give you years of driving pleasure Now that you are the owner of a KIA vehicle you ll probably be asked a lot of questions about your vehicle and the company like What is a KIA Who is KIA What does KIA mean Here are some answers First KIA is the oldest car company in Korea It is a company that has thousands of employees focused on building high quality vehicles at affordable prices The first syllable KI in the word KIA means to arise from to the world or to come up out of to the world The second syllable a means Asia So the word KIA means to arise from or to come up out of Asia to the world Drive safely and enjoy your Kia FOREWORD E mmm Thank you for choosing a KIA vehicle When you require service remember that your KIA dealer knows your vehicle best Your dealer has factory trained tech nicians recommended special tools genuine KIA replacement parts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction Because subsequent owners require this important information as well this publication should remain with the vehicle 1f it is sold This manual will familiarize you with operational mainte nance and safety information about your new vehicle Itis sup plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manual that provides important information on all war
101. LL RDM mode e RDM Only files tracks in a folder disc are played in random sequence e ALL RDM MP3 WMA Only All files tracks in a folder disc are played in random sequence 4 Automatic Track Selection Button e Press TRACK V to return to the beginning of the current track file Press again within 1 seconds to return to the previous track file e Press and hold TRACK V to initiate rewind search e Press SEEK for less than 0 8 sec ond to advance the next track file e Press and hold SEEK to initiate fast forward search 5 REPEAT Play Button Press this button for less than 0 8 second to activate RPT mode and more than 0 8 second to activate FLD RPT mode e RPT Only a track file is played repeatedly e FLD RPT MP3 WMA Only Only files in a folder are played repeatedly 6 SCROLL Play Button File names are scrolled for 5 seconds on the display 7 CD Indicator CDP ONLY When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position and if the CD is loaded this indicator is illuminated 8 CD Selection Button e If the CD is loaded turns to CD mode e If there is no Disc in the deck it dis plays NO DISC for 5 seconds and returns to the previous mode 9 SCAN Selection Button Plays back the first 10 seconds of each song in the CD Features of your vehicle 10 Track File Search Knob and ENTER Button Turn this knob clockwise to display the Track NO File name after th
102. Only files in a folder are played repeatedly 4 SCROLL Play Button File names are scrolled for 5 seconds on the display 5 USB AUX Selection Button e If auxiliary device USB is connected it turns to USB AUX mode and toggles as below when the button is pressed each time AUX USB AUX USB AUX e If no auxiliary device and USB is con nected it displays No Media for 5 seconds and returns to the previous mode 6 INFORMATION Button Displays the information of the current CD TRACK FILE as below when the button is pressed each time FILE NAME TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER NAME TOTAL FILE 7 File Search Knob and ENTER Button e Turn this knob clockwise to display File name after the current song e Turn this knob counterclockwise to dis play File Name before the current song To select the displayed song press the button 8 FOLDER Search Button e Folder name File name the first song in the folder is moved up or down from currently playing folder e To select the displayed folder press ENTER NO 6 button 9 SCAN Play Button Plays back the first 10 seconds of each song in the USB memory oak Sac cel Features of your vehicle How to Activate iPod Device 1 RANDOM Play Button Press this button for less than 0 8 second to activate 12 mode and more than 0 8 second to activate gt mode e a3 All songs in the current catego ry are played in random e 3
103. R IUS3 mode screen will be displayed Select the desired broadcast station to begin listening SIRIUS 1 02 THE SPECTRUM JAZZ amp POP THE CARPAL TUNNEL OF LOVE Starting SIRIUS mode by use of Rear remote control 1 When operating a different mode pressing the SIRIUS key on the Rear Remote Control will display the most recently operated SIRIUS mode Pressing the SIRIUS key will change the mode in SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 SIR IUS3 SIRIUS1 order SIRIUS mode menu screen configura tion SIRIUSR 02 THE SPECTRUM JAZZ amp POP THE CARPAL TUNNEL OF LOVE 1 Mode display This displays that the current mode is SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 SIRIUS3 mode 2 PRESET button The station can be easily selected by storing the desired station in advance 3 CHANNEL Search button The channels within the category are changed All of the channels will be searched when set to ALL Category When in CAT SEARCHING mode search will be done only for the current category 4 CATEGORY UP DOWN Search but ton This button will conduct a cyclic search of the CATEGORY The current channel will be maintained during the search 5 ENTER button This button will change the channel to the desired channel 6 SAT button The SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 SIRIUS3 modes are changed 7 INFORMATION button This button will display the INFORMA TION pop up window for the current broadcast 8 SCAN button This button scans the channels wi
104. S FORUM can be unrec ognizable e USB devices other than standard ized goods METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable e USB flash memory reader such as CF SD microSD etc or exter nal HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Continued Continued e Music files protected by DRM DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGE MENT are not recognizalbe e The data in the USB memory may get lost while using this AUDIO ft is recommeded to back up impor tant data e Please avoid using USB memory products which can be used as key chains or cellular phone accessories as they could cause damage to the USB jack Please make sure only to use plug type connector products as shown below i ay 5 a Features of your vehicle USB MEMORY AUX iPod E Type A RANDOM Play Button Automatic Track Selection Button REPEAT Play Button SCROLL Play Button USB AUX iPod Selection Button AUX USB rum AUDIO CONTROL ae ENTER INFORMATION Button 2 ROM 3 scROU C fy ai File Search Knob and ENTER Button FOLDER v FOLDER CATEGORY Search Button O oOo N OA U BP W N EBE SCAN Selection Button A 200HMU iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc Features of your vehicle E Type B RANDOM Play Button Automatic Track Selection Button REPEAT Play Button SCROLL Play Button USB AUX iPod Selection Button AUX USB INFORMATION Button rum AUDIO CONTROL ENTER 7 A
105. UEL DR TRAILERS RR P WIN LH RR P WIN RH LUGGAGE MP TRAILER2 Fuse rating Circuit Protected 30A 30A O Tail Lamp Converter Tail e ee eel Maintenance Engine compartment main fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component FRTIRRWASHER 10a FrontRear Washer MotorRelay Washer Motor STOP LAMP STOP SIGNAL AJC COMP 2 FRT DEICER Front Deicer Relay HORN asa asa Hom Relay O2 DN ton f owaensesorsa OOOO OSS 02 UP 10a owen sensora OOO OOOO O oa imiona corae OOOO isa Ecm Injector 1 8 Camshaft Postion Sensor a 48 GBBA C C CS S CUSN C C C NCSC 15A TCM 10 1 O 1 1 10 10 1 10 O INJ ECTOR 1 A 5A A 5A 5A 5A A A 5A A A 5A 5A Maintenance Description Fuse rating Protected component pm o RR PAWIN RH FUSE 20A LUGGAGE FUSE 7 5A RR WIPER FUSE 15A SUNROOF FUSE 25A KEY LOCK FUSE 7 5A IPM MEMORY FUSE 7 5A DRIVER P SEAT FUSE 30A PASS P SEAT FUSE 20A RR SAWARMER FUSE 20A ROOM FUSE 7 5A AUDIO FUSE 15A 4WD ECM AC inverter module PDM RAM 1 RAM 2 RAM 3 IPM 1 IPM 2 IPM 3 4WD AC 110V aa ee ee eal Maintenance Engine compartment sub fuse panel Description Fuse rating Protected component C FAN LOW C Fan Low Relay E BRAKE Trailer Electric Brake Maintenance APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care G230101AUN Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the label directions when using
106. UTION Your vehicle has metric threads on the wheel studs and nuts Make certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a _ non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to use extreme care in checking for thread style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels If in doubt consult an author ized KIA dealer 0 oe What to do in an emergency To prevent the jack jack handle wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store them properly FO7O301AHM EC Important use of compact spare tire if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a com pact spare tire This compact spare tire takes up less space than a regu lar size tire This tire is smaller than a conventional tire and is designed for temporary use only CAUTION e You should drive carefully when the compact spare is in use The compact spare should be replaced by the proper conventional tire and nim at the first opportunity e The operation of this vehicle is not recommended with more than one compact spare tre in use at the same time The compact spare should be inflat ed to 420 kPa 60
107. a low pressure tire If used you will have to replace the tire pressure sensor Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem You must use TPMS specific wheels It is rec ommended that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible After you replace the low pressure tre with the spare tre the TPMS malfunction indicator or the Low Tire Pressure telltale may illuminate after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving Once the low pressure tre is re inflated to the recommended pres sure and installed on the vehicle the TPMS malfunction indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will turn off If the low pressure and TPMS mal function indicators do not turn off after about 20 minutes of continuous driving please visit an authorized KIA dealer You may not be able to identify a low tre by simply looking at it Always use a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire s inflation pressure Please note that a tire that is hot from being driven will have a higher pressure measurement than a tre that is cold from sitting station ary for at least 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile during that 3 hour period Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure Always be sure the tire is cold before inflating to the recommended pres sure A cold tire means the vehicle has been sitting for 3 hours
108. a me 15 1 7111 6 1 8 US qt O or e en 4WD Full time ATF MOBILFLUID LT or equivalent Fu reosusa SSCS Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available Along with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings The volume may differ according to the vehicle For more details refer to your authorized KIA dealer Specifications amp Consumer information l040100BUN EU Engine oil viscosity thickness has an When choosing an oil consider the range Recommended SAE viscosity effect on fuel economy and cold weather of temperature your vehicle will be oper number operating engine start and engine oil ated in before the next oil change flowability Lower viscosity engine oils Proceed to select the recommended oil can provide better fuel economy and cold i i AN CAUTION weather performance however higher PECOT Hones Always be sure to clean the area viscosity engine oils are required for sat around any filler plug drain plug or _isfactory lubrication in hot weather Using dipstick before checking or drain oils of any viscosity other than those rec ing any lubricant This is especially ommended could result in engine dan
109. ac ing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passenger s seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it could cause serious or fatal injuries to the child ee eee Safety features of your vehicle When the ignition switch is turned ON the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds then go off Have the system checked if O e The light does not turn on briefly when O you turn the ignition ON e The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds e The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion W7 147 C041000AEN Air bag waming light The purpose of the air bag warning light in your instrument panel is to alert you of a potential problem with your air bag Supplemental Restraint System SRS Safety features of your vehicle BE 319E 549 OHM039100N C040100AHM EU SRS components and functions The SRS consists of the following com ponents Driver s front air bag module Passenger s front air bag module Side impact air bag modules Curtain air bag modules Retractor pre tensioner assemblies Air bag warning light SRS control module GRSCM Rollover sensor 8 Front impact sensors 9 Side impact sensors 10 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi cator Front passenger s seat only NOUBRWNE 11 Occupant detection system Front passenger s seat only 12
110. afety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transmission wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads This additional burden generates extra heat The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements Driving your vehicle E140100ASA Hitches Its important to have the correct hitch equipment Crosswinds large trucks going by and rough roads are a few rea sons why you ll need the right hitch Here are some rules to follow e Do you have to make any holes in the body of your vehicle when you install a trailer hitch If you do then be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle as well as dirt and water e The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to them Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper e KIA trailer hitch accessory is available at an authorized KIA dealer E140200AUN Safety chains You should always attach chains between your vehicle and your trailer Cross the safety chains under the
111. age D150203AUN Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 A CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the H position it indicates overheat ing that may damage the engine Features of your vehicle OHM048049 D150204BHM EE Fuel gauge The fuel gauge indicates the approxi mate amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank The fuel tank capacity is given in sec tion 8 The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light which will illumi nate when the fuel tank is nearly empty On inclines or curves the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank A CAUTION Avoid driving with a very low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damag ing catalytic converter D150206AHM EU Odometer Tripmeter Trip computer if equipped The trip computer is a microcomputer controlled driver information system that displays information related to driving such as odometer tripmeter distance to empty average speed driving time aver age fuel consumption and instant fuel consumption on the display when the ignition switch is in the ON position All stored dr
112. air bag OHM039106N C040400AHM EC Driver s and passenger s front air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a Supplemental Restraint Air Bag System and lap shoulder belts at both the driver and passenger seating positions The indications of the system s presence are the letters SRS AIR BAG embossed on the air bag pad cover in the steering wheel and or on the cover of the driver s side knee bolster located below the steering wheel and the passenger s side front panel pad above the glove box ee ee ee Safety features of your vehicle Passenger s front air bag OHM038034 The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel in the knee bolster below the steering wheel column and the pas senger s side front panel above the glove box The purpose of the SRS is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity The SRS uses sensors to gath er information about the driver s seat position the driver s and front passen ger s seat belt usage and impact severi ty The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger s seat belts are fastened These sensors pro vide the ability to control the SRS deployment based on whether or not the seat belts are fastened and how severe the impact is The advanced SRS offe
113. ake system your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance Always maintain a Safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Always slow down when cornering The anti lock brake system cannot pre vent accidents resulting from exces sive speeds On loose or uneven road surfaces operation of the anti lock brake system may result in a longer stopping dis tance than for vehicles equipped with a conventional brake system A CAUTION e If the ABS waming light is on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your reguiar brakes will work normally The ABS waming light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS Contact an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible A CAUTION e When you drive on a road having poor traction such as an icy road and have operated your brakes continuously the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS waming light may illuminate Pull your car over to a safe place and stop the engine e Restart the engine If th ABS waming light goes off then your ABS system is normal Otherwise you may have a prob lem with the ABS Contact an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible NOTICE When you jump start your vehicle because of a drained battery the en
114. an 50 m 0 03 miles Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average fuel con sumption is being displayed clears the average fuel consumption to zero E Type B instant _ A100km TTT 0 10 20 OHM048237L Instant fuel consumption if equipped This mode calculates the instant fuel consumption during the last few sec onds X NOTICE e If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the Distance to empty function may not operate correctly The trip computer may not register additional fuel if less than 6 liters 1 6 gallons of fuel are added to the vehi cle e The fuel consumption and distance to empty values may vary significantly based on driving conditions driving habits and condition of the vehicle e The distance to empty value is an esti mate of the available driving distance This value may differ from the actual driving distance available Features of your vehicle D150300AUN Warnings and indicators All warning lights are checked by turning the ignition switch ON do not start the engine Any light that does not illuminate should be checked by an authorized KIA dealer After starting the engine check to make sure that all warning lights are off If any are still on this indicates a situation that needs attention When releasing the parking brake the brake system warning light should go off The fuel warning light will s
115. an freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of Snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever in P Park and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade with the accelerator pedal This can cause the transmission to overheat Always use the brake pedal or parking brake Driving your vehicle CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED EQQ9O0000AHM EU The cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain a con stant speed without pressing the acceler ator pedal This system is designed to function above approximately 40 knyh 25 mph X NOTICE During normal cruise control operation when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the brakes the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds The delay is normal op ae es el Driving your vehicle OHM058043N E090100AHM EU To set cruise control speed 1 Pull the CRUISE ON OFF switch on the steering wheel to turn the system on The CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 40 kmh 25 mph OHMO058046N 3 Push the SET switch and release it at the desired speed The SET
116. and driven for less than 1 mile in that 3 hour period A CAUTION Do not use any tre sealant if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System The liquid sealant can damage the tire pressure sen sors In order for the system to cor rectly monitor tires for under inflation there should be a total of exactly 4 sensors fit ted to each of the four wheels There should be no other sen sors in the vehicle including the spare tire since this could cause the system to monitor the wrong sensors What to do in an emergency AX WARNING TPMS e The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire dam age caused by extemal fac tors such as nails or road debris e If you feel any vehicle instabil ity immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes gradually and with light force and slowly move to a safe position off the road 4X WARNING Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS components may interfere with the system s ability to wam the driver of low tire pressure con ditions and or TPMS malfunc tions Tampering with modify ing or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 T
117. and tailgate are unlocked Pressing the button in the front passen gers outside door handle with all doors and tailgate closed and locked unlocks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights blink and the chime sounds twice to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the out side door handle as e E Features of your vehicle When the smart key is recognized in the area of 28 40 in O 7 1 m from the front outside door handle other people can also open the door without possession of the smart key D040103AHM Tailgate unlocking If you are within 0 7 m 28 in from the outside tailgate handle with your smart key in possession the tailgate will unlock and open when you press the tailgate handle switch The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock auto matically D040104AHM Start up You can Start the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in section 5 DO040300AHM EC Smart key precautions NOTICE e If for some reason you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary and contact an authorized KIA dealer e A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered
118. any chemical cleaner or polish Read all warning and caution statements that appear on the label G230102BUN Finish maintenance Washing To help protect your vehicle s finish from rust and deterioration wash it thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If you use your vehicle for off road driv ing you should wash it after each off road trip Pay special attention to the removal of any accumulation of salt dirt mud and other foreign materials Make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial pollution and similar deposits can damage your vehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted surfaces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish A CAUTION Do not use strong soap chemical detergents or hot water and do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or when the body of the vehicle is warm ee aes ee eel Maintenance A a OJ BO37800 J CAUTION e Viaater washing in the engine com partment including high pressure water washing may cause the fail ure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment e Never allow water or other liquids to come in con
119. are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions or rollovers But they may inflate in other type of collisions or similar rollover situations if the side impact sensors or rollover sensor detect a sufficient impact or rollover If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads the air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment 1VQA2086 C040802AHM Air bag non inflation conditions e In certain low speed collisions the air bags may not deploy The air bags are designed not to deploy in such cases because they may not provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions ee ee ee afety features of your vehicle OUNO36087 Air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact In this case inflated air bags would not be able to provide any addi tional benefit e Front air bags may not inflate in side OVQ036018N impact collisions because occupants move to the direction of the collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However if equipped with side impact and curtain air bags the air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehi cle speed and angles of impact 1VQA2089 In an angled collision the f
120. at the far right side of the REAR panel is 2 If the key on the joystick located at the moved in any direction the select area far right side of the REAR panel is will become displayed on the button of moved in any direction the select area the most recently operated mode will become displayed on the button of the most recently operated mode 3 Select the AUX mode button 3 Select the AUX mode button 4 Select the MUSIC button on the AUX l mode screen 4 Select the iPod button on the AUX mode screen oe DEUSE MU DEJN Paying 5 The iPod will begin playing USB music Pri POP Beyonce Knowles Deja Vu kA T s POP Beyonce Knowles Deja Vu hIST NFO Features of your vehicle NOTICE Refer to the MP3 mode section in A CAUTION i Chapter 5 for additional USB related 4 n order to operate the iPod with operational instructions the AV system buttons a sepa rately sold iPod connector cable must be used Please refrain from using the PC cable in the package as the device may not properly operate 2 When connecting the iPod cable 1 Refer to the MP3 mode section in Chapter 5 for additional iPod related operational instructions 2 Some iPod devices may not play if the push the end of the J ACK under communication protocol is not sup the tammia lt o that A does not ported by the device Supported Cauce ee eree h he Conr iPods mini 4G Photo Nano 5G EEPE 3 Having the iPod cable co
121. atic locking function is intended to facilitate child restraint installation To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking operation mode allow the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract Safety features of your vehicle N CAUTION Do NOT fold down the left portion of the second row seat back when the second row center seat belt is buck led ALWAYS UNBUCKLE the sec ond row center seat belt before folding doum the left portion of the second row seat back If the second row center seat belt is buckled when the left portion of the second row seat back is folded down dis i i lt a A tortion and damage to the top por 1 OHM038028N a B210A01NF 1 ton of the seat back and seat belt gamish may result causing the seat back to lock into the folded down position When using the rear center seat belt the To release the seat belt buckle with the CENTER mark mustbe The seat belt is released by pressing the used release button 1 in the locking buckle When itis released the belt should auto matically draw back into the retractor If this does not happen check the belt to be sure it is not twisted then try again ae es a Safety features of your vehicle E 2nd row seat OEN036300 C020200BHM EU Pre tensioner seat belt Your vehicle is equipped with driver s and front passenger s pre tensioner seat belts The purpose of the pre tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit
122. aulic and the ram is a two stage type When both rams are raised and the stop mark of the upper ram becomes visible stop jacking immediately OHM068021 To lower the jack 1 2 Insert the jack handle into the valve and turn it counterclockwise untl it is opened Do not turn it more than twice Push the ram in by pushing the top of the ram 3 When the ram is completely low ered insert the jack handle into the valve and turn it clockwise and close it 0 aane ent cal What to do in an emergency A WARNING Changing tires e Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway e Always move the vehicle com pletely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tre The jack should be used on a firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a towing service company for assistance e Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking posi tions on the vehicle never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jack support e The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death No person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack use vehicle support stands Continued Continued e Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack e Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while itis on the jack e Make sure any childre
123. ay This displays that the current mode is VCD mode 2 FAST FORWARD button The track is fast forwarded 3 FAST REWIND button The track is rewinded 4 TRACK DOWN button The start of the current or previous track will begin playing 5 TRACK UP button The start of the next track will begin play Ing 6 PLAY PAUSE button Plays Pauses the track 7 PBC Play Back Control button As a function supported only with Video CD version 2 0 discs the PBC function can be turned ON or OFF 8 INPUT button The desired track can be inputted for play 9 PBC setting display The PBC ON or PBC OFF is displayed in accordance to PBC setting 10 TRACK number display The current track number is displayed 11 Play time display The play time of the current VCD is dis played 12 END button The VCD menu screen will be removed so that the video can be viewed in Full Screen 13 MENU button The interactive menu encoded on the VCD is displayed This menu is displayed only when the PBC is set to ON ina Video CD version 2 0 DISC Features of your vehicle Using the PBC function What is the PBC Play Back Control function e This function allows the various infor mation stored on the Video CD to be viewed by using the interactive menu encoded on a MPEGI1 version 2 0 Video CD discs The PBC function is supported only in Video CD version 2 0 discs NOTICE e The PBC function may operate differ Selecting lt gt
124. between the plies and the tread Cords may be made from steel or other reinforcing materials Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Bias Ply Tire A pneumatic tre in which the plies are laid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Cold Tire Pressure The amount of air pressure in a tire measured in kilopascals kPa or pounds per Square inch psi before a tire has built up heat from driving Curb Weight This means the weight of a motor vehicle with standard and optional equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant but without passengers and Cargo DOT Markings The DOT code includes the Tire Identification Number TIN an alphanumeric des ignator which can also identify the tire manufacturer production plant brand and date of production GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GAWR FRT Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Front Axle GAWR RR Gross Axle Weight Rating for the Rear axle Intended Outboard Sidewall The side of an asymmetrical tire that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure Load Index An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279 that corre sponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire Maximum Inflation Pressure The maximum air pressure to which a cold tire may be inflated The maxi mum air pressure is molded onto the sidewa
125. can be used for same operation To Select SIRIUS DISPLAY mode If CAT CH or ART TITLE is selected in the SIRIUS DISPLAY mode selected mode will be displayed basically and another display mode will be displayed for 3 seconds automatically once Features of your vehicle CDP CD Loading SLOT CD Eject Button RANDOM Play Button Automatic Track Selection Button REPEAT Play Button SCROLL Play Button AUX USB Ts CONTROL ENTER CD Indicator CD Selection Button A ROM 3 scROU c CAT Oo oOo N OURA W N Be SCAN Play Button FOLDER v 10 Track File Search Knob and ENTER Button 11 Folder search Button 12 INFORMATION Button A 200HMU Tas Soe See cel Features of your vehicle CD CHANGER E Type A CD Loading Slot CD Eject Button RANDOM Play Button Automatic Track Selection Button REPEAT Play Button SCROLL Play Button CD Indicator CD Selection Button SCAN Play Button 10 Track File Search Knob and ENTER Button Gbisc LOAD AUX US8 O ON HO WU RAUNA O0 an AUDIO CONTROL ENTER A CAT 0908 amp x I i A 11 Folder search Button i 12 INFORMATION Button 13 DISC UP DOWN Button 14 CD Loading Button a CD Number Indicator field b CD Slot indicator O A 300HMU Features of your vehicle E Type B CD Loading Slot CD Eject Button R
126. cap and filler door are securely closed before starting the engine DO NOT use matches or a lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit Cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can when ignited result in fire Continued Features of your vehicle CAUTION e Make sure to refuel with unleaded fuel only e If the fuel filler cap requires replacement use only a genuine KIA cap or the equivalent speci fied for your vehicle An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a seri ous malfunction of the fuel sys tem or emission control system e Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint e After refueling make sure the fuel cap is installed securely to pre vent fuel spillage in the event of an accident D100500AHM EU Emergency fuel filler lid release If the fuel filler lid does not open using the remote fuel filler lid release you can open it manually with a coin or flat blade screwdriver etc Remove the panel in the luggage compartment area Pull the han dle out slightly A CAUTION Do not pull the handle excessively otherwise the luggage compart ment area trim or release handle may be damaged a e Features of your vehicle SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED NOTICE X NOTICE e In cold and wet climates the sunroof The sunroof cannot slide w
127. ch SET or RES 4 is pushed The cruise SET indicator light does not illuminate when the cruise control switch CANCEL is pushed or the system is disengaged D150327AUN Key reminder waming chime if equipped If the driver s door is opened while the ignition key is left in the ignition switch ACC or LOCK position the key reminder warning chime will sound This is to prevent you from locking your keys in the vehicle The chime sounds until the key is removed from the ignition switch or the driver s door is closed as ee oe eee Features of your vehicle D150336AHM 4WD system waming light P4 if equipped If the 4WD system warning light illumi nates this indicates that there is a mal function in the 4WD system If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possi ble D150337AHM EE 4WD LOW indicator if equipped AWD LOW When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the 4WD LOW indicator will illuminate and then go off in a few sec onds The 4WD LOW indicator illumi nates when the transfer shift knob is set to the 4L Low speed 4 wheel drive posi tion D150337AHM EE 4W D HI indicator if equipped AWD HI When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the 4WD HI indicator will illuminate and then go off in a few sec onds The 4WD HI indicator illuminates when the transfer shift knob is set to the 4H High speed 4 wheel drive position
128. child restraint system in the rear seat all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt webbing must be retracted behind the child restraint to prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts Unlatched metal latch plates or tabs may allow the child to reach the unretracted seat belts which may result in strangulation and a serious injury or death to the child in the child restraint 4 WARNING Install the child restraint seat fully rearward against the seatback with the seatback reclined two positions from the most upright latched posi tion Bee OHMO0O38046N LATCH anchors have been provided in your vehicle The LATCH anchors are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions Their locations are shown in the illustration There is no LATCH anchor provided for the center rear seating position The LATCH anchors are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install child restraint seats with LATCH or LATCH compatible attachments Once you have installed the LATCH child restraint assure that the seat is properly attached to the LATCH and tether anchors Also test the child restraint seat before you place the child in it Tilt the seat from side to side Also t
129. cle E ESC indicator light blinks ESC E ESC OFF indicator light comes on ESC OFF EO70503AEN EU Indicator light When the ignition switch is turned ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if ESC system is operating normally The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating The ESC OFF indicator light comes on when either the ESC is turned off with the button or ESC fails to operate when turned on A CAUTION Driving with varying tre or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction When replacing tres make sure they are the same size as your Original tires EO70504AEN EU ESC OFF usage When driving e It s a good idea to keep the ESC turned on for daily driving whenever possible e To turn ESC off while driving press the ESC OFF button while driving on a flat road surface Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating ESC indicator light blinks If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat ing the vehicle may slip out of control NOTICE e When operating the vehicle on a dynamometer ensure that the ESC is turned off ESC OFF light illuminat ed If the ESC is left on it may pre vent the vehicle speed from increas ing and result in false diagnosis e Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or brake system operation Driving your vehicle EO70505AHM EU sk NOTICE Hill start assist control HAC e The HAC does not operate when the if equipped trans
130. cleaner air To help contribute to cleaner air KIA rec ommends that you use gasolines treated with detergent additives which help pre vent deposit formation in the engine These gasolines will help the engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control System A020107AUN Operation in foreign countries If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country be sure to e Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance e Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able Introduction ee VEHICLE HANDLING INSTRUCTIONS AO90000AE N As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Specific design characteristics higher ground clearance track etc give this vehicle a higher center of gravity than other types of vehicles In other words they are not designed for cornering at the Same speeds as conventional 2 wheel drive vehicles Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers Again failure to oper ate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Be sure to read the Reducing the risk of a rollover driving guide lines in section 5 of this manual VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCESS AO30000AU N No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 miles 600 km you may add to the performance economy and life of yo
131. cted even when there is no auxiliary device can convert the device into AUX mode and cause noise Please make sure to remove the auxiliary cable when an auxiliary device is not being used 2 Connecting an auxiliary device to the cigarette jack and playing through the screen of the device may cause an occurrence of noise If such noise occurs remove the power cable from the cigarette jack Features of your vehicle Connecting an external VIDEO player NOTICE Starting AUX mode by use of Rear 1 An auxiliary AUDIO amp VIDEO player 1 Among the auxiliary VIDEO connec emote control camcorder vehicle VCR etc can be tor jacks the yellow is for video red is 1 When operating a different mode connected for viewing for right side audio and white is for pressing the AUX button on the left side audio REAR Remote Control will display the AUX screen corresponding to the con nected device In addition each time the AUX button on the Remote Control is pressed the corresponding AUX mode for the connected devices will become displayed AUDIO VIDEO 2 This device supports the NTSC color system Other systems beside NTSC will not be supported 3 The recommended audio input stan dard for this device is max 1Vrms Input which exceeds this value may cause dete 2 The AUX jack is positioned next to the T orated sound quality POWER OUTLET on the backside of the consol box located in between the driver and passenger sea
132. ctivation In order to extend or reactivate your sub scription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio you will need to contact SIRIUS Customer Care at 888 539 7474 Have your 12 digit SID Sirius Identification Number ESN Electronic Serial Number ready To retrieve the SID ESN turn on the radio press the SAT button and tune to chan nel zero Please note that the vehicle will need to be turned on in Sirius mode and have an unobstructed view of the sky in order for the radio to receive the activa tion signal 1 SATELLITE RADIO Selection Button SIRIUS Satellite Radio Press the SAT button to switch to SIR IUS Satellite Radio It cycles through the different bands as noted below SAT1 SAT2 SAT3 SAT 1 2 Channel Selection Button e Press TRACK V or SEEK but ton for less than 0 8 second to select previous or next channel e Press TRACK V or SEEK A but ton for 0 8 second or longer to continu ously move to previous or next chan nel e if CATEGORY Icon is displayed at the top of the screen channel up down is done through the channels within cur rent category 3 Preset Selection Button e Press 1 6 buttons less than 0 8 sec ond to play the channel saved in each button e Press 1 6 button for 0 8 second or longer to save current channel to the respectve button with a beep 4 SCAN Selection Button e When the SCAN button is pressed it automatically scans the radio stations upwards e
133. cy equipment Depending on the severity of the weath er you should carry appropriate emer gency equipment Some of the items you may want to carry include tow straps or chains flashlight emergency flares sand shovel jumper cables window scraper gloves ground cloth coveralls blanket etc eae ape Seed Driving your vehicle TRAILER TOWING E140000AHM EC If you are considering towing with your vehicle you should first check with your Country s Department of Motor Vehicles to determine their legal requirements Since laws vary from province to province the requirements for towing trailers cars or other types of vehicles or apparatus may differ Ask an authorized KIA dealer for further details before tow ing CAUTION Pulling a trailer improperly can damage your vehicle and result in costly repairs not covered by your warranty To pull a trailer correctly follow the advice in this section Your vehicle can tow a trailer To identify what the vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle you should read the infor mation in Weight of the trailer that appears later in this section Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself Trailering means changes in handling durability and fuel economy Successful Safe trailering requires correct equip ment and it has to be used properly This section contains many time tested important trailering tips and S
134. d in the rear seat If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is illuminated when the front passenger s seat is occupied by an adult and he she sits properly sitting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor have that person sit in the rear seat Continued front passenger seat the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor may tum on or off for a few seconds disabling or enabling the passenger air bag Do not modify or replace the front passenger seat Don t place any thing on or attach anything such as a blanket or seat heater to the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system Do not sit on sharp objects such as tools when occupying the front passenger seat This can adversely affect the occupant detection system Do not use accessory seat cov ers on the front seats Accident statistics show that chil dren are safer if they are restrained in the rear as opposed to the front seat It is recommend ed that child restraints be secured in a rear seat including an infant riding in a rear facing infant seat a child nding in a forward facing child seat and an older child rid ing in a booster seat Continued have an authorized KIA dealer replace the air bag immediately after deployment A smaller stature adult who is not seated correctly for example seat exce
135. d held transmit ter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal e Some vehicles may require the igni tion switch to be turned to the second or accessories position for pro gramming and or operation of HomeLink e In the event that there are still pro gramming difficulties or questions after following the programming steps listed below contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 as ee oe ee Features of your vehicle Standard programming To train most devices follow these instructions 1 For first time programming press and hold the two outside buttons HomeLink Channel 1 and Channel 3 Buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Release both buttons Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds 2 Position the end of your hand held transmitter 2 8 cm 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink buttons while keeping the indicator light in view 3 Simultaneously press and hold both the HomeLink and hand held trans mitter button DO NOT release the but tons until step 4 has been completed 4 While continuing to hold the buttons the red Indicator Status LED will flash Slowly and then rapidly after HomeLink successfully trains to the frequency signal from the hand held transmitter Release both buttons 5 Press and hold the just trained HomeLink button and observe the red Stat
136. d steering wheel positions with a simple button operation By saving the desired positions into the system memory different drivers can reposition the driver seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel based upon their driving preference If the bat tery is disconnected the position memo ry will be lost and the driving positions should be restored in the system X NOTICE The buzzer sounds 10 times if the mem ory system malfunctions Have the driv er position memory system checked by an authorized KIA dealer Storing positions into memory using the buttons on the door D120101AHM EE Storing driver s seat positions 1 2 Adjust the driver Shift the transmission shift lever into P Park while the ignition switch is ON seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel to positions comfortable to the driver Press the SET button on the contol panel The system will beep once Press one of the memory buttons 1 or 2 within 5 seconds after pressing the SET button The system will beep twice when the memory has been suc cessfully stored D120102AHM EE Recalling positions from memory 1 Shift the transmisson shift lever into P Park under one of the followings e The ignition switch is ON e The drivers door is opened while the ignition switch is in the LOCK or ACC position e Within 30 seconds after the driver s door is closed while the ignition switch is in the LOCK or ACC positon 2 T
137. d when driving on normal roads and highway D AWD 2H r LOW Rear wheel drive not illuminated This mode is used when driving on slippery roads such as 4H i snowy and rainy roads at normal speed High speed ieee HI 4 wheel drive Maximum speed 80 knyh 50 mph illuminated This mode is used when increased traction is required such as 4L AWD climbing or descending hills driving off roads and towing a Low speed 1 al LOW vehicle 4 wheel drive illuminated Maximum speed 40 knyh 25 mph NOTICE 4WD transfer has a time delay for a few seconds until the actual shift is made after turning the transfer shift knob When the 4WD transfer mode is shifted it may cause mechanical noise It is not a mechanical failure but a normal condition A CAUTION When you stop the vehicle to transfer the shift knob wait until the corresponding indicator light tums on or off to depart If the vehicle moves before the transfer is completed the vehicle may be damaged ee oe eee Driving your vehicle NOTICE If the mode is not shifted like the previ ous instructions it will not transfer into the selected mode and the correspon ding indicator light will continuously blink bka 5 je eS i SS i S A CAUTION 4WD Po D V ETNA Ty e Always check the 4WD shift knob e A h and cluster to see if the system poe
138. ded that you have your vehicle inspected and maintained by an author ized KIA dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test With Electronic Stability Control ESC system e To prevent the vehicle from misfir ing during dynamometer testing tum the Electronic Stability Control ESC system off by pressing the ESC switch e After dynamometer testing is com pleted turm the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again G270100AUN 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system G270200AUN 2 Evaporative emission control including ORVR Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery system The Evaporative Emission Control System is designed to prevent fuel vapors from escaping into the atmos phere The ORVR system is designed to allow the vapors from the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station preventing the escape of fuel vapors into the atmosphere a a Maintenance eS e n n el G270201AUN Canister Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel ta
139. displaying the No 1 6 DISC becomes displayed If the DVDP mode is selected the CD already inserted in the DVD PLAYER will begin playing 5 When in CDC mode use the 4 direc tion joystick to move to the select area of the DISC where the CD has been inserted and press the joystick key to begin playing Starting CD mode by use of Rear remote control 1 When operating a different mode pressing the DISC key on the Rear Remote Control will display the most recently operated mode between CDC mode and DVDP mode In addition pressing the DISC key will change the mode in CDC DVDP CDC order DVDP cp 2 When in CDC mode use the 4 direc tion joystick on the REAR panel to move to the select area of the DISC where the CD has been inserted and press the select button on the remote control to begin playing x NOTICE If there are no discs already inserted in the CD Changer or the DVD player pressing the DISC key on the remote control will not begin mode operation Selecting a track with the Remote Control amp Searching a playing track 1 Press the SEEK TRACK UP DOWN key on the Remote Control to move to the previous or next track 2 Pressing the TUNE UP DOWN key on the Remote Control will quick search the current track NOTICE In the case of CD Changer The RAN DOM REPEAT and SCAN functions are supported only by the FRONT sys tem There are no buttons for these functions in the REAR system and th
140. driving clear all snow and ice from the windshield rear window out side rear view mirrors and all side win dows e Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windshield UVUODULUOL OHM048119L Manual climate control system D250101AEN To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the 84 or 47 position 4 The outside fresh air and air condi tioning will be selected automatically If the air conditioning and outside fresh air position are not selected automatical ly press the corresponding button manu ally If the WY position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed Features of your vehicle COMOLVOUDL OHM048120L D250102AEN To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the WY position 4 The outside fresh air and air condi tioning will be selected automatically If the WY position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed OHM048121 Automatic climate control system D250201AHM To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defroster button W
141. e Continued If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel pain or buming sensation get medical attention imme diately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when working in an enclosed space An inappropriately dis posed battery can be harm ful to the environment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation Continued aa ee ee el el Maintenance Continued e When lifting a plastic cased bat tery excessive pressure on the case may cause battery acid to leak resulting in personal injury Lift with a battery carier or with your hands on opposite comers Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected The electrical ignition system works with high voltage Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on Failure to follow the above wam ings can result in serious bodily injury or death G190200AUN Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance free calciun based battery If the battery becomes discharged in a short time because for example the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use recharge it by slow charging trickle for
142. e When the driver side temperature is set to the highest HI or lowest Lo temper ature setting the DUAL mode is deact vated for maximum heating or cooling Adjusting the driver and passenger side temperature equally 1 Press the DUAL button again to deac tivate DUAL mode The passenger side temperature will be set to the Same temperature as the driver side 2 Operate the driver side temperature control switch The driver and passen ger side temperature will be adjusted equally Temperature conversion You can switch the temperature mode between Fahrenheit to Centigrade as fol lows While pressing the OFF button press the AUTO button for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or from Centigrade to Fahrenheit If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Centigrade D240203AEN Air intake control This is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Recirculated air position With the recirculated air positon selected air from the passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position sidde With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the
143. e OHM048145 D290200AEN Side step if equipped When entering or exiting the vehicle use the side step for your convenience Features of your vehicle AUDIO SYSTEM Roof antenna if equipped The roof antenna is removable To remove the roof antenna turn it counter clockwise To install the roof antenna A CAUTION e Do not clean the inside of the rear Glass antenna if equipped a AE Po a a r t i r i be 3 K i A hy d s Tt Zz k OHM048235N Antenna D300102AHM EU Your vehicle uses a roof antenna or glass antenna to receive AM and or FM broad cast signals turn it clockwise A CAUTION e Before entering a place with a low height clearance be sure that the roof antenna is removed e Be sure to remove the roof anten na before washing the car in an automatic car wash or it may be damaged e When reinstalling your roof antenna it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper reception But it could be removed when parking the vehi cle or when loading cargo on the roof rack e When cargo is loaded on the roof rack do not place the cargo near the antenna pole to ensure proper reception quarter glass with a cleaner or use a scraper to remove any for eign deposits as this may cause damage to the antenna elements e Avoid adding metallic coating such as Ni Cd and so on These can interfere with FM reception
144. e method of operating the FRONT sys tem is the same as the REAR system In the case of DVD Player The RAN DOM REPEAT and SCAN functions are not supported in both FRONT and REAR systems eS See cel Features of your vehicle CD mode menu screen configuration CDC cp 1 1 Mode display This displays that the current mode is CD Changer mode 2 FAST FORWARD button The track can be fast forwarded 3 FAST REWIND button The track can be rewinded 4 TRACK DOWN button The start of the current or previous track will begin playing The start of the current tack will begin playing if the track has played for over 3 seconds The start of the previous track will begin playing if the track has played for under 3 seconds 5 TRACK UP button The start of the next track will begin play ing 6 Play time The play time of the currenty playing song is displayed 7 DISC number display The DISC number of the currently play ing disc is displayed 8 TRACK display The current TRACK of the currently play ing DISC is displayed 9 RDM RPT SCAN display This is displayed when the RANDOM REPEAT SCAN functions are operating 10 DISC button The 6 disc CD changer select screen is displayed NOTICE There is a PLAY PAUSE function with in DVDP CD mode Selecting a DISC track 1 Select the Track button on the CD Operation screen The track will change each time the TRACK buttons are pressed Fast forwa
145. e the desired Home Link button Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time to complete the program ming Some devices may require you to repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming 4 Press and hold the justtrained HomeLink button and observe the red Status Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate 5 ToO program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow either steps 1 through 4 above for other Rolling Code devices or steps 2 through 5 in Standard Programming for standard devices Features of your vehicle Gate operator amp Canadian program ming During programming your handheld transmitter may automatically stop trans mitting Continue to press the Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System but ton note steps 2 through 4 in the Standard Programming portion of this document while you press and re press cycle your handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after sever al seconds upon successful training Operating HomeLink To operate simply press and release the programmed HomeLink button Activation will now occur for the trained device i e garage door opener gate Operator security system entry door lock home office lighting etc For con venience the hand held transmitter of the device may
146. e 7 19 Instrument panel OVERVIEW iieseriesiecarsoinriissecesinacipusan uiii 2 3 Interior features ess sssssssssssssesessssssesesseeesosseessesesesesee 4 114 R Interior light E E T 4 79 Interior overvieW Ace Dap Rear parking assist SYSTEM ett 4 67 Rear seat entertainment system RSE seseeeeeee 4 153 K Pe arniew nie aeterne naea a E NA 4 70 Recommended lubricants and capacities eere 8 4 Key positions E 5 4 Remote keyless entry eeeeereeseererrersereerensenserenreneereereneens 4 10 5 1 RESO LO LERO TOLEDO LOROSOLOSOSOLOSOSOOSECOLOSESOTOSECOLOSESOTESESOTOSOCOTOSECOTEE 4 3 Road warning eeeeeeeeeeerrererreeresreserreereseesensennesersennesneseeseenes 6 2 S Lighting E EE A E E E S T TE Av elie Ck re Ce CT ee ee er ree 3 17 i CENAE ese E E E E E beans a5 Me Smart key s eee neeeees 4 7 Special driving conditions serapi 5 45 Maintenance Services erer eC er Or ert rer ery 7 4 Starting the engine ee re ee E 5 9 Manual climate control system slice dan cuca abe EEE EET 4 84 Steering Whee Ce ienaa aasa 4 37 MaE Re I EE E E E E T T me tr at 4 39 Storage COMpartMEnt rrrreereeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeeeseeeees 4 111 OOO eee E E EN 4 30 O g Owner maintenance sssssssssssssesseeseeseesessessseeseseseseceeeseseseess 7 5 TNEI e EA 4 19 i3 Index ee Theft alarm system ba asnin 0 0 E r E E E ET 4 13 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS eereeeeereeeeee 6 7 Tire specification and pressure label
147. e can strike and injure occupants in a sudden stop or tum or in a crash e Put items in the cargo area of your vehicle Try to spread the weight evenly e Never stack items like suit cases inside the vehicle above the tops of the seats e Do not leave an unsecured child restraint in your vehicle e When you carry something inside the vehicle secure it e Do not drive with a seat folded down unless necessary Spee eee eel Driving your vehicle VEHICLE WEIGHT E160000AUN This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the fol lowing terms for determining your vehi cle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s specifications and the certification label E160100AUN Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equip ment It does not include passengers Cargo or optional equipment E160200AUN Vehicle curb weight This is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment E160300AUN Cargo weight This figure includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipm
148. e current song e Turn this button counterclockwise to display the Track NO File Name before the current song To select the displayed song press the button 11 FOLDER Search Button e Folder name File name the first song in the folder is moved up or down from the currently playing folder e To select the displayed folder press ENTER NO 10 button 12 INFORMATION Button Displays the information of the current CD TRACK FILE as below when the button is pressed each time e CDDA DISC TITLE DISC ARTIST TRACK TITLE TRACK ARTIST TOTAL TRACK e MP3 WMA FILE NAME TITLE ARTIST ALBUM FOLDER NAME TOTAL FILE 13 DISC UP DOWN Button CDC ONLY Disc is moved up or down from the cur rently playing disc 14 CD Loading Button CDC ONLY How to load a CD e Press LOAD for less than 0 8 second e An empty slot is selected and the CD number indicator a blinks on the LCD e After WAIT is displayed for a moment INSERT DISC 1 6 is diplayed and the CD slot indicator b blinks e Insert a CD while the slot indicator blinks How to load CDs ALL Load e Press LOAD for more than 0 8 sec ond e An empty slot is selected and the CD number indicator a blinks on the LCD e After WAIT is displayed for a moment INSERT DISC 1 6 is diplayed and the CD slot indicator b blinks e Insert a CD while the slot indicator blinks e After the CD is inserted the rest of the empty CD slots
149. e or steam is coming out from underneath the hood stop the engine Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating If the fan is not run ning turn the engine off 4 Ul Check to see if the water pump drive belt is missing If it is not missing check to see that it is tight If the drive belt seems to be satisfactory check for coolant leaking from the radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air conditioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and call the nearest authorized KIA dealer for assistance 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine tem perature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark Proceed with caution keeping alert for further signs of overheating If over heating happens again call an author ized KIA dealer for assistance CAUTION Serious loss of coolant indicates there is a leak in the cooling system and this should be checked as soon as possible by an authorized KIA dealer What to do in an eme
150. e s how to do it 1 Pull the vehicle into the parking space Turn the steering wheel in the direction of the curb right if headed down hill left if headed up hill 2 If the vehicle has an automatic trans mission place the car in P Park 3 Set the parking brake and shut off the vehicle 4 Place chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels 5 Start the vehicle hold the brakes shift to neutral release the parking brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load 6 Reapply the brakes reapply the park ing brake and shift the vehicle to P Park for automatic transmission 7 Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set Driving your vehicle When you are ready to leave after park ing on a hill 1 With the automatic transmission in P Park apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down while you e Start your engine e Shift into gear and e Release the parking brake 2 Slowly remove your foot from the brake pedal 3 Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks 4 Stop and have someone pick up and store the chocks E140500AHM Maintenance when trailer towing Your vehicle will need service more often when you regularly pull a trailer Important items to pay particular atten tion to include engine oil automatic transmission fluid axle lubricant and cooling system fluid Brake condition is another
151. e sensors Always visually check behind the vehi cle when backing up Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabili ties and limitations D170400AHM Self diagnosis If you don t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit tently when shifting the gear to the R Reverse position this may indicate a malfunction in the rear parking assist sys tem If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible J Features of your vehicle HAZARD WARNING FLASHER REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED A 0a j D330000AHM EE The rearview camera will activate when the back up light is ON with the ignition switch ON and the shift lever in the R Reverse position This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the rearview display mirror while back ing up 4 WARNING e This system is a supplementary function only It is the responsi bility of the driver to always check the inside outside rearview mirror and the area behind the vehicle before and while backing up because there is a dead zone that can t see through the cam era Always keep the camera lens clean If lens is covered with for eign matter the camera may not operate normally load f OHMO068001N D180000AHM The hazard warning flasher should be used whenever you find it necessa
152. eat The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 sec onds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started If the front passenger seat is occupied the occupant detection sensor will then classify the front passenger after several more seconds B990A010 When an adult is seated in the front pas senger seat if the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator is on turn the igni tion switch to the LOCK position and ask the passenger to sit properly sitting upright with the seat back in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position This will allow the system to detect the person and to enable the passenger air bag eo ee ee Safety features of your vehicle Continued e If you change the weight on the Continued 4 WARNING i e Air bags can only be used once e Even though your vehicle is equipped with the occupant detection system never install a Child restraint system in the front passenger s seat A deploying air bag can forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injuries or death Any child age 12 and under should nde in the rear seat Children too large for child restraints should use the avail able lap shoulder belts No mat ter what type of crash children of all ages are safer when restraine
153. eatures of your vehicle A WARNING Exhaust fumes If you drive with the tailgate opened you will draw dangerous exhaust fumes into your vehicle which can cause serious injury or death to vehicle occupants If you must drive with the tailgate opened keep the air vents and all windows open so that additional outside air comes into the vehicle WARNING Make sure your hands feet and other parts of your body are safely out of the way before closing the tailgate A WARNING Rear cargo area Occupants should never ride in the rear Cargo area where no restraints are available To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops occupants should always be properly restrained DO70300AHM Emergency tailgate safety release Your vehicle is equipped with the emer gency tailgate safety release lever locat ed on the bottom of the tailgate When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment the tailgate can be opened by pushing the release lever and pushing open the tailgate A WARNING For emergencies be fully aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in the vehicle and how to open the tail gate if you are accidentally locked in the luggage compart ment No one should be allowed to occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time The luggage compartment is a very dangerous location in the event of a crash Use the release lever for emer
154. ected to an authorized KIA dealer Safety features of your vehicle CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM CO30000AHM Children riding in the car should sit in the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident sudden stop or sudden maneuver According to accident statis tics children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat Larger children not in a child restraint should use one of the seat belts provided You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant safety seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat You must use a commercially available child restraint system that meets the require ments of the safety standards of your country Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap shoulder belt or by a LATCH system if equipped Children could be injured or killed in a crash if their restraints are not properly secured For small children and babies a child seat or infant seat must be used Before buying a particular child restraint system make Sure it fits your car seat and seat belts and fits your child Follow all the instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child restraint system pe ee es et el Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Never leave children unattended Continued e Neve
155. ed KIA dealer with special tools x NOTICE Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warran ty coverage For details read the sepa rate Warranty amp Consumer Information manual provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any serv icing or maintenance procedure have it done by an authorized KIA dealer OWNER MAINTENANCE GO30000AUN The following lists are vehicle checks and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized KIA dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe dependable operation of your vehi cle Any adverse conditions should be brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible These Owner Maintenance Checks are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for labor parts and lubricants used Maintenance ee O Owner maintenance schedule G030101AHM When you stop for fuel e Check the engine oil level e Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir e Check the windshield washer fluid level e Look for low or under inflated tires ae es el Maintenance RR G030102AHM While operating your vehicle Note any changes in the sound of the exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes in the vehicle Check for vibrations in the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns Slig
156. ed load High speed Maximum load torque kgm Ib t Nem Front Rer Front Rear 230 230 ear Full size P245 70R17 7 0 x17 220 220 tire P265 60R18 7 5 x18 32 32 33 33 9 11 Compact 420 420 65 79 88 107 T175 90R17 AT x17 Spare tire 60 60 fe ae ee el Specifications amp Consumer information RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES IO40000BHM EC To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability use only lubricants of the proper quality The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle e S Classification Engine oil 3 8 Engine 5 2 1 5 49 US qt API L M ILSA F drain and refill 4 6 Engine 6 7 l 7 0 US qt Perice SL oro SAC te eave Autorratie 3 8 Engine 10 0 10 56 US qt APOLLOIL ATF RED 1K transmission fluid 4 6 Engine 9 31 9 85 US qt SHELL ATF M1375 4 Power steering 0 9 1 0 95 US qt PSF 3 Coolant 3 8 Engine 10 7 11 3 US qt Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water 4 6 Engine 14 0 14 7 US qt Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator Brake fluid 0 7 0 8 1 0 7 0 8 US qt FMVSS116 DOT 3 or DOT 4 1 3 1 4 1 4 1 5 US qt eis 1 4 1 5 1 5 1 6 US qt or HYPOID GEAR OIL Differential oil 3 8L a Rear 3 8L 1 7 1 9 I 1 9 2 0 US qt SAE 90 API GL 5 1 7 1 9 1 9 2 0 US qt Transf il ATF DEXRON III ivalent ranster case Ol
157. ehicle in deep snow it may be necessary to use snow tres If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and type of the Original equipment tires Failure to do so may adversely affect the safety and han dling of your vehicle Furthermore speeding rapid acceleration sudden brake applications and sharp turns are potentially very hazardous practices During deceleration use engine braking to the fullest extent Sudden brake appli cations on snowy or icy roads may cause Skids to occur You need to keep suffi cient distance between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle Also apply the brake gently E120101AUN Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle s handling in all weather conditions Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tres on dry roads may not be as high as your vehi cle s original equipment tires You should drive cautiously even when the roads are clear Check with the tire dealer for max imum speed recommendations Do not install studded tires without first checking local state and municipal regu lations for possible restrictions against their use ee oe ee Driving your vehicle E120200AUN Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant Your vehicle is delivered with high quality ethylene glycol coo
158. ehind you The auto dimming func tion can be controlled by the Dimming ON OFF Button 1 Pressing the button turns the auto dimming function OFF which is indicat ed by the green Status Indicator LED turning off 2 Pressing the button again turns the auto dimming function ON which is indicated by the green Status Indicator LED turning on NOTICE The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started Z Nav Compass Display The NVS Mirror in your vehicle is also equipped with a Z Nav Compass that Shows the vehicle Compass heading in the Display Window using the 8 basic cardinal headings N NE E SE etc Compass function The Compass can be turned ON and OFF and will remember the last state when the ignition is cycled To turn the display feature ON OFF 1 Press and release the button to turn the display feature OFF 2 Press and release the button again to turn the display back ON Additional options can be set with press and hold sequences of the button and are detailed below There is a difference between magnetic north and true north The compass in the mirror can compensate for this difference when it knows the Magnetic Zone in which it is operating This is set either by the dealer or by the user The operating Zone Numbers for North America are Shown in the figure on the following sec tion a ae es eee el Features of your vehicle To adjust the Z
159. elp ful information is being provided Introduction FUEL REQUIREMENTS A020101AHM EU Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having a pump octane number R HM 2 of 87 Research Octane Number 91 or higher Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL as well as minimize exhaust emis sions and spark plug fouling CAUTION Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has been specified Consult an authorized KIA dealer for details A020103AUN EU Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol Gasohol a mixture of gasoline and ethanol also known as grain alcohol and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol also Known as wood alcohol are being marketed along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline Do not use gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol and do not use gasoline or gasohol containing any methanol Either of these fuels may cause drivability prob lems and damage to the fuel system Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the manufactur ers warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol gasohol containing ee ee Introduction a lel E85 fuel is an alternative fuel com prised of 85 percen
160. em e To activate the rear air conditioning press the A C button on the front cli mate control system J Features of your vehicle e 7 Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling e sy Rear air blows from the upper vents on the rear ceiling and the lower vents Ate e A Rear air blows from the lower vents T d OHM048114 E 2nd row OHM048113 D230201AHM Rear mode selection The rear mode is selected by pressing the rear mode selection button on the rear control panel as follows OHM048210 OHM048115 Features of your vehicle OHM048116 Rear vents The vent can be adjusted by rotating the blade NOTICE If all the vents are closed it may cause some noise Always have more than 2 vents opened OHM048117 D230202AHM Rear temperature control To change the air temperature in the rear passenger compartment pull up A the switch for warm and hot air H or push down V the switch for cooler air C OHM048118 D230203AHM Rear fan speed control To change the fan speed pull up A the switch for higher speed or push down V the switch for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the rear blower ON OFF button indica tor light is not illuminated J Features of your vehicle System operation D230501AUN Ventilation 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air po
161. em lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns E110600AUN Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no high er than the bottom of the wheel hub Drive through any water slowly Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected After driving through water dry the brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving slowly ee oe ee Driving your vehicle Fuel engine coolant and engine oil High speed travel consumes more fuel than urban motoring Do not forget to check both the engine coolant and engine oil Drive belt A loose or damaged drive belt may result in overheating of the engine A I its 7 es 1VQA1004 E110700AHM Highway driving Tires Adjust the tire inflation pressures to specification Low tre inflation pressures will result in overheating and possible failure of the tires Avoid using worn or damaged tires which may result in reduced traction or tire fail ure X NOTICE Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure shown on the tires Driving your vehicle WINTER DRIVING Sees 1VQA3005 E120000ASA Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other prob lems To minimize the problems of winter driving you should follow these sugges tions E120100AUN EC Snowy or icy conditions To drive your v
162. emoved 2 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold The following objects may not be rec ognized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb the sen sor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow 3 Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m 40 in in height and narrower than 14 cm 6 in in diameter Features of your vehicle D170300AE N EU Rear parking assist system pre cautions The rear parking assist system may not sound sequentally depending on the speed and shapes of the objects detected The rear parking assist system may malfunction if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified or damaged Any non factory installed equipment or accessories may also interfere with the sensor per formance The sensor may not recognize objects less than 40 cm 15 in from the sen sor or it may sense an incorrect dis tance Use caution When the sensor is frozen or stained with snow dirt or water the sensor may be inoperative until the stains are removed using a soft cloth Do not push scratch or strike the sen sor Sensor damage could occur NOTICE This system can only sense objects with in the range and location of the sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by th
163. emoved only in the LOCK positon When turning the ignition switch to the LOCK position push the key inward at the ACC position and turn the key toward the LOCK position E030202AHM ACC Accessory The steering wheel is unlocked and elec trical accessories are operative NOTICE If difficulty is experienced turning the ignition switch to the ACC position turn the key while turning the steering wheel right and left to release the tension E030203AUN ON The warning lights can be checked before the engine is Started This is the normal running position after the engine is Started Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent battery discharge Driving your vehicle E030204AUN START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine The engine will crank until you release the key then it returns to the ON position The brake warning lamp can be checked in this position E030205AHM a ee se el Driving your vehicle ENGINE START STOP BUTTON IF EQUIPPED 5 OH os58001 Illuminated ENGINE START STOP button E030100AHM Whenever the front door is opened the ENGINE START STOP button will illumi nate for your convenience The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed It will also go off immedi ately when the theftalarm system is armed ENGINE START STOP button position E030701AHM OFF Not illuminated To turn off
164. ent E160400AUN GAW Gross axle weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload E160500AUN GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR E160600AUN GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers E160700AUN EU GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the cer tification label located on the driver s door sill Road warning 6 2 In case of an emergency while driving 6 2 If the engine will not start 6 3 Emergency starting 6 4 If the engine overheats 6 6 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 7 If you have a flat tire 6 12 Towing 6 22 What to do in an emergency 6 What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING Ww Er F010100ASA Hazard waming flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching overtaking or passing your vehicle It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or when the vehi cle is stopped near the edge of a road way Depress the flasher sw
165. ere ly injured by a deploying air bag Always follow the precautions about seat belts air bags and occu pant seating contained in this man ual A WARNING Every person in your vehicle needs to be properly restrained at all times including infants and chil dren Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehi cle The violent forces created dur ing a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior Always use a child restraint appropriate for your child s height and weight ee ee Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE Small children are best protected from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a child restraint system that meets the require ments of the safety standards of your country Before buying any child restraint system make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets the safety standards of your country The restraint must be appropriate for your child s height and weight Check the label on the child restraint for this information Refer to Child restraint system in this section C020301AHM Larger children Children who are too large for child restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the available lap shoulder belts The lap portion should be fastened and snugged on the hips and as low as possible Check if the belt fits periodically A child s squirming could put the belt out of posit
166. ering speed in 4WD mode For starters you must drive more slow ly in 4WD Drive carefully off road because your vehicle may be damaged by rocks or roots of trees Become familiar with the off road conditions where you are going to drive before you begin driving A WARNING 4WD Reduce speed when you tum cor ners The center of gravity of 4WD vehicles is higher than that of con ventional 2WD vehicles making them more likely to roll over when you tum comers too fast AX WARNING Steering wheel Do not grab the inside of the steer ing wheel when you are driving off road You may hurt your arm by a sudden steering maneuver or from steering wheel rebound due to impact with objects on the ground You could lose control of the steer ing wheel e Always hold the steering wheel firmly when you are driving off road e Make sure all passengers are wearing seat belts OHM058102 WARNING Wind danger If you are driving in heavy wind the vehicle s higher center of gravity decreases your steering control Capacity and requires you to drive more slowly e If you need to drive in the water stop your vehicle set your transfer to the 4L mode and drive at less than 5 mph 8 knyh WARNING Driving through water Drive slowly If you are driving too fast in water the water can get into the engine compartment and wet the ignition system causing your vehicle to suddenly stop If this ha
167. est is at the same height of the top of the occupants eyes If the tailgate is pushed down to close it when a passenger s head is not against a properly adjusted headrest or a tall person is seated the tailgate may hit the occupants head which could cause injury OUNO26140 AX WARNING Uprighting seat When you retum the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and retum it slowly If the seatback is retumed without holding it the back of the seat could spring for ward resulting in injury caused by being struck by the seatback N CAUTION Damaging rear seat belt buckles When you fold the rear 2nd and or 3rd row seatback insert the buckle in the pocket between the rear seat back and cushion Doing so can prevent the buckle from being dam aged by the rear seatback CAUTION Rear seat belts When retuming the rear 2nd and or 3rd row seatbacks to the upright position remember to retum the rear shoulder belts to their proper position Routing the seat belt web bing through the rear seat belt guides will help keep the belts from being trapped behind or under the seats AX WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and caus ing injury to the vehicle occupants Do not place objects in the rear 2nd and or 3rd row seats since they cannot be properly secured and may hit the front seat occu pants in a collision AX WARNING
168. ever down several times e To raise the seat cushion pull the lever up several times OHMO038048N C010104AHM Headrest The driver s and front passenger s seats are equipped with a headrest for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision ee ee ee Safety features of your vehicle OHM038005 Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to 3 different positions by pulling the head rest forward to the desired detent TO adjust the headrest to it s furthest back wards position pull it fully forward to the farthest position and release it Adjust the headrest so that it properly supports the head and neck apit Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 Safety features of your vehicle Removal To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest up 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while press ing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height HNF 2041 1 Active headrest if equipped The active headrest is designed to move fo
169. f equipped Gn Without smart key system This indicator light illuminates when the immobilizer key is inserted and turned to the ON positon to start the engine At this time you can start the engine The light goes out after the engine is running If this light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ON position before starting the engine have the system checked by an authorized KIA dealer With smart key system If any of the following occurs in a vehicle equipped with the smart key the immobi lizer indicator illuminates blinks or goes off e When the smart key is in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position the indicator will illuminate for a few minutes to indi cate that you are able to start the engine However when the smart key is not in the vehicle if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink for a few minutes to indicate that you are not be able to start the engine e When the ENGINE START STOP but ton is turned to the ON position from the ACC position without the smart key in the vehicle the indicator light blinks for a few minutes to indicate that you are not be able to start the engine e When the battery is weak if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator will blink and you are not able to start the engine However you are able to start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder If the smart key system related pa
170. f the engine coolant temperature warn ing light illuminates it indicates over heating that may damage the engine Features of your vehicle D150331AHM Low tre pressure telltale IIU The low tire pressure telltale comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ON position If the warning light does not come on or continuously remains on after coming on for about 3 seconds when you turned the ignition key to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not work ing properly If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an KIA authorized dealer as soon as possible This warning light will also illuminate if one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible If the warning light illuminates while driv ing reduce vehicle speed immediately and stop the vehicle Avoid hard braking and overcorrecting at the steering wheel Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehi cle s tire information placard D150332AHM TPMS Tire Pressure TPMS Monitoring System malfunction indicator TPMS malfunction indicator comes on for 3 seconds after the ignition key is turned to the ON position If the warning light does not come on or continuously remains on after coming on for about 3 seconds when you turned the ignition key to the ON position the Tire Pressure Monitoring System is not working proper l
171. few times by the TCM Transmission Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module OOO p OOO p o o Depress the brake pedal when shifting gt The shift lever can be shifted freely OHM058004L E O60000AUN EU Driving your vehicle For smooth operation depress the brake EQ60101AHM pedal when shifting from N Neutral to a J CAUTION Transmission ranges forward or reverse gear e To avoid damage to your trans The indicator in the instrument cluster mission do not accelerate the displays the shift lever position when the engine in R Reverse or any for ignition switch is in the ON position ward gear position with the brakes on P Park e When stopped on an incline do not hold the vehicle with the engine power Use the service brake or the parking brake e Do not shift from N Neutral or P Park into D Drive or R Reverse when the engine is above idle speed Always come to a complete stop before Shifting into P Park This position locks the transmission and prevents the drive wheels from rotating a ee ee ee el Driving your vehicle A CAUTION The transmission may be damaged if you shift into P Park while the vehicle is in motion R Reverse Use this position to drive the vehicle backward A CAUTION Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R Reverse you may damage the transmission if you shift into R Reverse while the vehicle is in mot
172. g on the REAR system is displayed Used to turn the power on off or adjust the volume for the speaker Used to display the menu for the mode currently operating on the REAR sys tem Used to make screen adjustments for the mode currently operating on the REAR system Used to change to a different mode on the REAR system Pressing this button will display a screen in which the 6 supported modes of FM AM SIRIUS CDC DVDP AUX can be selected Re pressing the button will return to the currently playing mode If there are no operations for 10 sec onds while in mode selection screen the previously operated mode will be restored If the REAR system power is off the monitor will turn on and the mode screen will become displayed This is used to play pause when the device is operating a VCD Audio CD MP3 CD or DVD The 4 direction J OYSTICK is used to move the select area on the screen of the REAR System The J OYSTICK key is used to select the button within the select area See eee cal Features of your vehicle Rear Remote Control 0a ___ _s 3 RADIO SAT 6 DISC AV MENU RETURN 8 44 SEEK TRACK DPI e lt lt TUNE gt gt tn MENU AUDIO SUBTITLE f 16 DISP Pil Rear Seat Entertainment System 1 2 Used to turn the power of the Rear system on off Used to illuminate the remote control when the interior of the vehicle is dark Switches
173. gencies only Use with extreme caution especially while the vehi cle is in motion Features of your vehicle WINDOWS DO80000AHM EE 1 Driver s door power window switch 2 Front passengers door power win dow switch 3 Rear door left power window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down Drivers window 7 Power window lock switch if equipped NOTICE In cold and wet climates power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions OHM048017N J Features of your vehicle DO80100BHM EE Power windows The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate Each door has a power window switch that controls the door s window The driv er has a power window lock switch which can block the operation of passenger windows The power windows can be operated for approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the front doors are opened the power windows cannot be operated even within the 30 second period x NOTICE While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof if equipped in an open or partially open position your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the fol lowing actions If the noise occurs with one or
174. gine may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of low bat tery voltage It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioned Do not pump your brakes e Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle eee epee eral Driving your vehicle EO70500AHM EU Electronic stability control ESC The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers ESC checks where you are steering and where the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes on individual wheels and intervenes in the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle The Electronic Stability Control ESC system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse conditions It is not a substitute for safe driving practices Factors including speed road conditions and driver steering input can all affect whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control It is still your responsibility to drive and corner at reasonable speeds and to leave a sufficient margin of safety When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to mo
175. h Cancellation Radio signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by Signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Features of your vehicle Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio equipment This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment In such a case use the cellu lar phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equipment J CAUTION When using a communication sys tem such a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle a separate extemal antenna must be fitted When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an intemal antenna alone it may interfere with the vehi cle s electrical system and adverse ly affect safe operation of the vehi cle Care of discs If the temperature inside the vehicle is too high open the vehicle windows for ventilation before using your vehicle audio It is illegal to copy and use MP3 WMA files without permission Use CDs that are created only by lawful means Do not apply volatile agents such as benzene and thinner normal cleaners and magnetic sprays made for ana logue disc onto CDs To prevent the disc surface from get ting damaged Hold and carry CDs by the edges
176. hands should be placed on the steering wheel at 9 00 and 3 00 positions The passenger s arms and hands should be placed on their laps Do not use any accessory seat covers Use of seat covers could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system Continued Continued e Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side impact air bag Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may become dan gerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental side impact air bag inflates e To prevent unexpected deploy ment of the side impact air bag that may result in personal injury avoid impact to the side impact sensor when the ignition switch is on If the seat or seat cover is dam aged have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized KIA dealer because your vehicle is equipped with side impact air bags and an occupant detection system ee ee ee Safety features of your vehicle aaa i par LEETE EEP es See C040700AHM Curtain air bag if equipped Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors They are designed to help protect the heads of the front seat occupants and the rear outboard seat occupants in cer tain side impact collisions e The curtain air bags are designed to deploy du
177. he bat tery to discharge e Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric Capacity e Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating k OHM048228N level when using the power outlet D281300AHM e Close the cover when not in use AC inverter if equipped Continued The AC inverter supplies 115VAC 150W electric power to operate electric acces sories or equipment when the ignition switch is in the ON position or engine is running Features of your vehicle The AC inverter is turned on by pushing in the switch To turn the AC inverter off push the switch a second time Continued e Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into the AC invert X NOTICE er These devices may cause When pushing the AC inverter switch excessive audio noise and mal the switch indicator illumination is functions in other electronic sys delayed momentarily while the system tems or devices used in your conducts a self check vehicle e Do not use broken electric acces A CAUTION sories or equipment as they may e When not using the AC inverter damage the AC inverter and vehi make sure that the switch is cle s electrical system turned off and is closed the AC e Do not use two or more electric inverter cover accessories or equipment at the e Only use the AC inverter when the Fane ame x engine is nunning and remove e When input voltage is under 11V the pl
178. he compact spare wheel If such use is attempted damage to these items or other car compo nents may occur Do not use more than one compact Spare tire ata time Do not tow a trailer while the con pact spare tire is installed 0 ee oe eee What to do in an emergency TOWING dolly 2WD or part time 4WD 2H position vehicles only OHMO68016 FO80100AHM EU Towing service If emergency towing is necessary we recommend having it done by an author ized KIA dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended For trailer towing guidelines information refer to Trailer towing in section 5 On full time 4WD vehicles your vehicle must be towed with a wheel lift and dol lies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the ground A CAUTION The full time 4WD vehicle should never be towed with the wheels on the ground This can cause serious damage to the transmission or the 4WD system On 2WD or part time 4WD 2H position vehicles it is acceptable to tow the vehi cle with the front wheels on the ground without dollies and the rear wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the rear wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the rear wheels When being towed by a commercial tow t
179. he pad covers will separate with a properly worn seat belt slows the under pressure from the expansion of the driver s or the passenger s forward air bags Further opening of the covers motion reducing the risk of head and then allows full inflation of the air bags chest injury After complete inflation the air bag immediately starts deflating enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other con trols Safety features of your vehicle Continued e Before you replace a fuse or dis 4 WARNING e If an air bag deploys there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle These conditions are normal and are not hazardous the air bags are packed in this fine powder The dust generated during air bag deployment may cause skin or eye imitation as well as aggra vate asthma for some persons Always wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly with lukewarm water and a mild soap after an accident in which the air bags were deployed e The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position If the SRS air bag wam ing light does not illuminate con tinuously remains on after illumi nating for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is tumed to the ON position or after the engine is started or comes on while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized KIA dealer Cont
180. he seat belt snug and low across the hips This is the best position to protect you in case of an accident In order to avoid unnecessary and perhaps severe air bag injuries always sit as far back as possible from the steering wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle We recom mend that your chest be at least 250 mm 10 inches away from the steering wheel ee ee Safety features of your vehicle WARNING Rear seat backs 2nd and 3rd row e The rear seatback must be securely latched If not passen gers and objects could be thrown forward resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or collision Luggage and other cargo should be laid flat in the cargo area If objects are large heavy or must be piled they must be secured Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the seatbacks Failure to follow these wamings could result in serious injury or death in the event of a sudden stop collision or rollover No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks while the vehicle is moving All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly while riding Continued Continued e When resetting the seatback to the upright position make sure it is securely latched by pushing it forward and backwards e To avoid the possibility of bums do not remove the carpet in the Cargo area Emission control devices beneath this
181. he sunroof is made to slide together with the sunshade Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is opened Features of your vehicle D110500AHM EE Resetting the sunroof Whenever the vehicle battery is discon nected or discharged you must reset your sunroof system as follows 1 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ON position According to the position of the sun roof do the following 1 In case the sunroof is closed com pletely or tilted Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof tilts com pletely upward 2 In case the sunroof is open Push the sunroof control lever for ward until the sunroof closes com pletely Push the sunroof control lever upward until the sunroof tilts completely upward Release the sunroof control lever Push the sunroof control lever upward for about 10 seconds until the sun roof has returned to the original tlt position after it is raised a litte higher than the maximum tilt position Then release the lever 5 Push the sunroof control lever upward for about 6 seconds untl the sunroof operates as follows TILT DOWN SLIDE OPEN gt SLIDE CLOSE Then release the lever When this is complete the sunroof sys tem has been reset J Features of your vehicle DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED D120000AHM A driver position memory system is pro vided to store and recall the driver seat outside rearview mirror an
182. heed this caution Maximum may result in serious engine or trans 227 500 340 750 mission damage Tongue weight e When towing a trailer be sure to con sult an authorized KIA dealer for fur ther information on additional require ments such as a towing kit etc e Always drive your vehicle at a moder ate speed less than 100 kmyh 60 mph e On a long uphill grade do not exceed 70 knyh 45 mph or the posted towing speed limit whichever is lower e The chart contains important consider ations that have to do with weight Driving your vehicle Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight C190E01j M E140601AHM Weight of the trailer What is the maximum safe weight of a trailer It should never weigh more than the maximum trailer weight with trailer brakes But even that can be too heavy It depends on how you plan to use your trailer For example speed altitude road grades outside temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all important The ideal trailer weight can also depend on any special equip ment that you have on your vehicle Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight C190E02 M E140602ASA Weight of the trailer tongue The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the total gross vehicle weight GVW of your vehicle This weight includes the curb weight of the vehicle any cargo you may carry in it and the people who will be riding in
183. hen it is in may not work properly due to freez the tilt position nor can it be tilted while ing conditions in an open or slide position e After the vehicle is washed or in a rainstorm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it A CAUTION i Do not continue to move the sun OHM048024 roof control lever after the sunroof D110000AHM E E is fully opened closed or tilted Damage to the motor or system components could occur If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof you can Slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the over head console The sunroof can only be opened closed or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position Features of your vehicle D110100AHM Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof manual Slide feature pull or push the sunroof control lever backward or forward to the first detent position Pulling the control lever downward also closes the sunroof To open the sunroof automatically Pull the sunroof control lever backward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will slide open automatically but will not open all the way If you would like to completely open the sunroof pull the lever once more However the second time the lever is pulled the sunroof will open only while the lever is pulled To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentar
184. hes the desired position OHM038013L C010203AHM Seat cushion height for driver s seat Pull the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion Pull the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the rear part of the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reach es the desired position Safety features of your vehicle OHMO38015N Rear seat adjustment C010301AHM Forward and backward 2nd row seat To move the seat forward or backward 1 Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever and hold it 2 Slide the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seat is locked in place Adjust the seat before driving and make sure the seat is locked securely by try ing to move forward and backward with out using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly OHMO038016 C010302AHM Seatback angle To recline the seatback 1 Pull up the seatback recline lever 2 Hold the lever and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you desire 3 Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to lock OHMO038049N C010303AHM Headrest The rear seat s is equipped with head rests in all the seating positions for the occupant s safety and comfort The headrest not only provides comfort for passenger
185. his device must accept any inter ference received including inter ference that may cause undesired Operation 4 WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment 0 ee oe ee What to do in an emergenc IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE FO70101AHM J acking instructions The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only To prevent the jack from rattling while the vehicle is in motion store it properly Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury OHM068002 FO70100AEN Removing and storing the jack J ack and tools 1 Open the cover The jack jack handle wheel lug nut 2 Remove the tie down band and wrench are stored in the luggage then pull up the clip compartment Pull up the luggage box cover to reach this equipment 1 J ack handle 2 J ack 3 Wheel lug nut wrench 3 Take out the jack 4 After finishing using the jack put it back in the reverse order What to do in an emergency OHM068020 Operating the jack To raise the Jack 1 Check whether the jack valve is closed If not insert the jack han dle into the valve and turn it clock wise untl it is closed Insert the jack handle into the pump bracket Pump the jack handle up and down untl the ram is raised to the desired level A CAUTION This jack ts hydr
186. hould not be tested on a 2WD roll tester If a 2WD roll tester must be used perform the following Driving your vehicle Temporary free roller Roll tester Speedometer OHM058020 1 Check the tire pressures recommend ed for your vehicle 2 Place the rear wheels on the roll tester for a speedometer test as shown in the illustration 3 Release the parking brake 4 Place the front wheels on the tempo rary free roller as shown in the illustra tion AX WARNING Dynamometer testing Keep away from the front of the vehi cle while the vehicle is in gear on the dynamometer This is very danger ous as the vehicle can jump forward and cause serious injury or death BRAKE SYSTEM EO7OLOOAHM Power brakes Your vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal usage In the event that the power assisted brakes lose power because of a stalled engine or some other reason you can still stop your vehicle by applying greater force to the brake pedal than you nor mally would The stopping distance how ever will be longer When the engine is not running the reserve brake power is partially depleted each time the brake pedal is applied Do not pump the brake pedal when the power assist has been interrupted Pump the brake pedal only when neces sary to maintain steering control on slip pery surfaces WARNING Brakes e Do not drive with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal
187. htly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the oper ation of your transmission occurs check the transmission fluid level Check the automatic transmission P Park function Check the parking brake Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle water dripping from the air condition ing system during or after use is nor mal G030103AHM At least monthly Check the coolant level in the engine coolant reservoir Check the operation of all exterior lights including the stoplights turn sig nals and hazard warning flashers Check the inflation pressures of all tires including the spare G030104AHM At least twice a year i e every Spring and Fall Check the radiator heater and air con ditioning hoses for leaks or damage Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation Clean the wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid Check the headlight alignment Check the muffler exhaust pipes Shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts G030105AHM At least once a year Clean the body and door drain holes Lubricate the door hinges and checks and hood hinges Lubricate the door and hood locks and latches Lubricate the doo
188. icle a safe dis tance away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gas source Continued Continued e Do not get back into a vehicle once you have begun refueling since you can generate static electricity by touching rubbing or sliding against any item or fab ric polyester satin nylon etc capable of producing static elec tricity Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors resulting in rapid buming If you must re enter the vehicle you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors Causing a fire Once refueling has begun contact with the vehicle should be maintained untl the filling is complete Continued Continued Use only approved portable plas tic fuel containers designed to Carry and store gasoline Do not use cellular phones while refueling Electric current and or electronic interference from cel lular phones can potentally ignite fuel vapors causing a fire When refueling always shut the engine off Sparks produced by electrical components related to the engine can ignite fuel vapors Causing a fire Once refueling is complete check to make sure the filler
189. id as required Then check all brake components for fluid leaks 3 Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are found the warning light remains on or the brakes do not operate properly Have the vehicle towed to any author ized KIA dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the vehicle Also the vehicle will not stop in as short a distance with only a portion of the brake system working If the brakes fail while you are driving shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as itis safe to do SO To check bulb operation check whether the parking brake and brake fluid warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is in the ON positon D150312AAM Type A Type B Shift pattern K KRI indicator INI INI hl This indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift position is selected E a a a D150301AHM EE Engine coolant temperature waming light if equipped The warning light illuminates if the tem perature of the engine coolant is above 12522 5 C 25724 5 F Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to Overheating in the Index NOTICE I
190. ie down To reduce the chance of injuries in the event of an accident and to achieve max imum effectiveness of the restraint sys tem all passengers should be sitting up and the front and rear 2nd and or 3rd row seats should be in an upright posi tion when the vehicle is moving A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in the rear seat or if the front and rear 2nd and or 3rd row seats are in a reclined position eee es el Safety features of your vehicle C020400AEN C020401AEN Care of seat belts Periodic inspection Seat belt systems should never be disas All seat belts should be inspected peri sembled or modified In addition care Odically for wear or damage of any kind should be taken to assure that seat belts Any damaged parts should be replaced and belt hardware are not damaged by as soon as possible seat hinges doors or other abuse C020402AUN Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric C020403ASA When to replace seat belts The entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible Additonal questions concern ing seat belt operation should be dir
191. ight of occupants and cargo should maver exceadiz4 ko or 1 157 Ibs Le poids combind des pocopanis ef du changement me deit jamais encdderd S bg oa 1 057 Ib Her e20KPA 32PS 9 MANUAL FOR PRO Sie ARs POUR OBTENIR PASARI 220KPA 32PS ay i bi O67 poee cansenns SOE Pesmi 220KP A 32PS Maika BTSs f OHM059052N TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEUS ET CHARGE INFORMAT ION SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 7 FRONT REARS NOMBRE DE SIEGES TOTAL 7 AVANT 2 ARRIERE 5 Tha combined weight of occupants and carga showld never amceeda2 kg or 0 057 Ita Le palis cabine des cccupents at du chargement me dalt Jamals eckdersz5 by tu 1 157 Ib PNEU OMENS ON PRESS If PROID FRONT l GUIDE Du ee OKPA a MAMLUIAL FOR PROPRI TAIRE POUR DETENIR P55 60R18 220KPA 32PS ndhi arg CONSULTER LE ae 220KPA 32P51 INECRHAT IO IOMELS OH M059053N E150100AUN Tire and loading information label The label located on the driver s door sill gives the original tire size cold tire pressures recommended for your vehicle the number of people that can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight E150101AHM Vehicle capacity weight 525 kg 1157 Ibs Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi mum combined weight of occupants and cargo If your vehicle is equipped with a trailer the combined weight includes the tongue load E150102AEN Seating capacity Total 7 persons Front seat 2 persons Rear seat 5 persons Seating capac
192. ignals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly connected the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the green arrows on your instrument panel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailer are burned out Thus you may think drivers behind you are seeing your signals when in fact they are not It s important to check occasionally to be sure the trail er bulbs are still working You must also check the lights every time you discon nect and then reconnect the wires Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to your vehicle s lighting system Use only an approved trailer wiring har ness An authorized KIA dealer can assist you in installing the wiring harness N CAUTION Electrical cur rent limit of the light Current of the trailer s light load Left tum amp stop light max 5 A Right tum amp stop light max 5 A Back up light max 15A Tail light max 15 A If the current limit is exceeded the trailer light may not work property E140406AHM Driving on grades Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you start down a long or steep downgrade If you don t shift down you might have to use your brakes so much that
193. ill become displayed 5 Play time display Displays the play time of the current song 6 LIST UP button Displays the previous LIST 7 LIST DOWN button Displays the next LIST 8 LIST page display The number of MP3 lists Current Page Total Pages is displayed 9 Scroll bar display The location of the folder within the cur rent list is displayed 10 LIST folder display The folder name which shows what fold er the current list is in will be displayed 11 Selected LIST display The currenty selected LIST is displayed 12 LIST The folders and files in the current folder are displayed 13 HOME button When having moved to a list which does not display the currently playing file pressing this button will return to the LIST screen of the currently playing file This button is inactive when the dis played LIST includes the currently play ing file 14 PARENT folder button Moves to the Parent Folder 15 ROOT folder button Moves to the Root Folder NOTICE The detail information will only be dis played when such information has been recorded in the ID3 tag of the MP3 file Features of your vehicle VCD mode Starting VCD mode by use of Rear panel 1 Press the MODE button on the REAR panel to display the MODE selection screen 2 If the key on the joystick located at the far right side of the REAR panel is moved in any direction the select area will become displayed on the button of
194. ily To close the sunroof automatically Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will automatically close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily OHM048026 D110101AEN Automatic reversal If an object or part of the body is detect ed while the sunroof is closing automati cally it will reverse the direction and then Stop The auto reverse function does not work if a tiny obstacle is between the sliding glass and the sunroof sash You should always check that all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it J Features of your vehicle OHM048028 D110200AHM D110300AEN Tilting the sunroof N CAUTION Sunshade To open the sunroof autotilt feature e Periodically remove any dirt that The sunshade will automatically open push the sunroof control lever upward to may accumulate on the guide rail with the glass panel when the glass the second detent The sunroof will tilt all e If you try to open the sunroof panel moves Close it manually if you the way open To stop the sunroof tilting when the temperature is below want it closed at any point operate the control lever freezing or when the sunroof is To close the sunroof pull the sunroof covered with snow or ice the lever downward until the sunroof moves glass or the motor could be dam to the desired position aged e T
195. imes with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the pro grammed status If the battery has been discharged or dis connected it resets to the defog logic Status A C M048124L D250302AHM EE Automatic climate control system 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion 2 Select the defroster position pressing the defroster button WY 3 While pressing the air conditioning button A C press the air intake con trol button at least 5 times within 3 sec onds The A C display blinks 3 times with 0 5 second of interval It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to the programmed status If the battery has been discharged or disconnected it resets to the defog logic Status Features of your vehicle STORAGE COMPARTMENT D270000AHM These compartments can be used to store small items CAUTION e To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartment e Always keep the storage com partment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage compartment cover cannot close A D270200AEN securely Center console storage Glove box iF equip The glove box can be locked and To open the center console storage push unlocked with a master key the button 1 or pull up the lever 2 To open the glove box pull the handle and the glove bo
196. important in dusty or sandy areas age and when the vehicle is used on Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers unpaved roads Cleaning the plug C 30 20 10 O 10 20 30 40 50 and dipstick areas will prevent dirt F 10 O 20 40 60 80 100 120 and grit from entering the engine Temperature and other mechanisms that could be damaged Gasoline 1OW 30 Engine Oil 5VW 20 5W 30 1 For better fuel economy it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W 20 5W 30 API SL SM ILSAC GF 3 or above However if the engine oil is not available in your country select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart ae eres eet eal Specifications amp Consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL VIN label if equipped Frame number S OHMO88008N a OHMO0O88002N The VIN is also on a plate attached to HO20000AUN Frame number if equipped the top of the dashboard The number The vehicle certificaton label attached on the plate can easily be seen through on the driver s or front passenger s side the windshield from outside center pillar gives the vehicle identifica tion number VIN OHM088001 HO10000AHM The vehicle identification number VIN is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters pertaining to its ownership etc Specifications amp Consumer information TIRE SPECIFICAT
197. in a wide variety of off road applications Specific design characteris tics give them a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the road which allows you to anticipate problems They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehi cles any more than low slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satis factorily in off road conditions Due to this risk driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts In a rollover crash an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt There are steps that a driver can make to reduce the risk of a rollover If at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers do not load your roof rack with heavy cargo and never modify your vehicle in any way ee ees eel Driving your vehicle 4X WARNING Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle SUV failure to operate this vehi cle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover e Utility vehicles have a significant ly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles Specific design characteristics higher ground clearance nar rower track etc give this vehicle a higher center of gravity than ordinary vehicles A SUV is not designed for comer ing at the same speeds as con ventional vehicles Avoid sharp tums or abrupt maneuvers In a r
198. in the ON State the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature A CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats e To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place blankets cushions or seat covers on the seats while the seat warmer is in operation e Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could occur e Always tum off the seat warmer when not in use ee eee ee Safety features of your vehicle OHM038022N C010306AHM Walk in seat 2nd row seat To get in or out of the 3rd row seat pull up the walk in lever on the 2nd row seat back The 2nd row seatback will fold and the seat will slide forward Move the seat to the farthest forward position After getting in or out slide the 2nd row seat to the farthest rearward position and pull the seatback firmly backward until it clicks into place Make sure that the seat is locked in place C010307AHM Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded to facil itate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle To fold down the rear seatback 1 Insert the rear seat belt buckle in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion and insert the rear seat belt webbing in the guide to preve
199. ing J ump starting can be dangerous if done incorrectly Therefore to avoid harm to yourself or damage to your vehicle or battery follow the jump starting proce dures If in doubt we strongly recom mend that you have a competent techni cian or towing service jump start your vehicle J umper Cables Ste 1044001 A CAUTION F 040000AUN Use only a 12 volt jumper system Connect cables in numerical order and You can damage a 12 volt starting motor ignition system and other disconnect in reverse order diectical parts at ir by use of a 24 volt power supply either two 12 volt batteries in series or a 24 volt motor generator set What to do in an emergency FO40101ASA J ump starting procedure 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 volt and that its negative terminal is grounded 2 If the booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow the vehicles to come in contact 3 Turn off all unnecessary electrical loads 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence shown in the illustration First connect one end of a jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 1 then connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Proceed to connect one end of the other jumper cable to the negative ter minal of the booster battery 3 then the other end to a Solid Stationary metallic point for example the engine lifting bracket away from the battery 4 Do not c
200. ing straight out into the atmosphere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide better signal coverage fase ae cal Features of your vehicle FM radio station Mountains 7 AS IG Buildin a dts N J BM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth s surface Because of this FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station Also FM signals are easily affected by build ings mountains or other obstructions These can result in certain listening con ditons which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio The fol lowing conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble Fading As your vehicle moves away from the radio station the signal will weaken and sound will begin to fade When this occurs we suggest that you select another stronger station Flutter Static Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the trans mitter and your radio can disturb the signal causing static or fluttering nois es to occur Reducing the treble level may lessen this effect until the distur bance clears Station 2 J BMoo5 e Staton Swapping As a FM signal weakens another more powerful sig nal near the same frequency may begin to play This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clear est signal If this occurs select anoth er station with a stronger signal e Multi Pat
201. injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint Before installing the Child restraint system read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section have the system checked immediately by your authorized KIA dealer Failure to observe this manual s instructions regarding child restraint systems and the instructions provided with the child restraint system could increase the chance and or severity of injury in an accident ee ee Safety features of your vehicle E2MS 103005 OENO36101 OENO036102 C030102AAM EU To install a child restraint system on the 3 Pull the shoulder portion of the seat Placing a passenger seat belt into outboard or center rear seats do the fol belt all the way out When the shoulder the auto lock mode lowing portion of the seat belt is fully extend The auto lock mode will help prevent the 1 Place the child restraint system in the ed it will shift the retractor to the Auto normal movement of the child in the vehi seat and route the lap shoulder belt Lock child restraint mode cle from causing the seat belt to loosen around or through the restraint follow and compromise the child restraint sys ing the restraint manufacturer s tem To secure a child restraint system instructions Be sure the seat belt
202. ink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approxi mately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will blink till the 6 seconds and the warn ing chime will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 knyh 6 mph the seat belt warning light and chime will operate for approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 5 knVh 3 mph he tay Bua B180A01NF 1 C020102BHM EU Seat belt Driver s 3 point system with emergency locking retractor To fasten your seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips
203. interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section e Even though the memory fuse is pulled out the battery can still be dis charged by operation of the head lights or other electrical devices G210101AHM Memory fuse SHUNT connector Your vehicle is equipped with a memory fuse SHUNT connector to prevent bat tery discharge if your vehicle is parked without being operated for prolonged periods Use the following procedures before parking the vehicle for prolonged periods 1 Turn off the engine 2 Turn off the headlights and tail lights macula 3 Open the driver s side panel cover and Engine compartment fuse pull out the memory fuse SHUNT replacement connector 1 Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off 2 Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up E Maintenance 3 Check the removed fuse replace it if it NOTICE is blown To remove or insert the fuse If the main fuse is blown consult an use the fuse puller in the engine com authorized KIA dealer partment fuse panel 4 Push in a new fuse of the same rating and make sure it fits tightly in the clips If it fits loosely consult an authorized KIA dealer A CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment securely install the fuse panel cover If not G210201AUN electrical failures may occur from Main fuse
204. inued connect a battery terminal tum the ignition switch to the LOCK position and remove the ignition key Never remove or replace the air bag related fuse s when the ignition switch is in the ON posi tion Failure to heed this waming will cause the SRS air bag wam ing light to illuminate C040300AHM Occupant detection system Your vehicle is equipped with an occu pant detection system in the front pas senger s seat The occupant detection system is designed to detect the presence of a properly seated front passenger and determine if the passenger s front air bag Should be enabled may inflate or not The driver s front air bag is not affected or controlled by the occupant detection system ee a ee Safety features of your vehicle C040302AHM Main components of occupant detec tion system e A detection device located within the front passenger seat track Electronic system to determine whether passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated A indicator light located on the instru ment panel which illuminates the words PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicat ing passenger air bag system is deacti vated e The instrument panel air bag indicator light is interconnected with the occu pant detection system If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system determines to be of adult size and he she sits properly siting upright with the seatback in an uprigh
205. ion Children are given the most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat If a larger child over age 12 must be seat ed in the front seat the child should be securely restrained by the available lap shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position Children age 12 and under should be restrained securely in the rear seat NEVER place a child age 12 and under in the front seat NEVER place a rear facing child seat in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Safety features of your vehicle C020302AKM Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap shoul der belt assemblies whenever possible according to specific recommendations by their doctors The lap portion of the belt should be worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS POSSIBLE C020303AUN Injured person A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported When this is necessary you should con sult a physician for recommendations C020304AUN One person per belt Two people including children should never attempt to use a single seat belt This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident C020305AHM Do not l
206. ion except when Rocking the vehicle explained in this section N Neutral The wheels and transmission are not engaged The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or service brakes are applied D Drive This is the normal forward driving posi tion The transmission will automatically shift through a 5 or 6 gear sequence providing the best fuel economy and power For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades depress the accelerator fully at which time the trans mission will automatically downshift to the next lower gear NOTICE Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D Driving OHMO0O58005L Sports mode Whether the vehicle is stopped or in motion sports mode is selected by push ing the shift lever from the D Drive posi tion into the manual gate To return to the D Drive range operation push the shift lever back into the main gate In sports mode moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will allow you to make gearshifts rapidly In contrast to a manual transmission the sports mode allows gearshifts with the accelerator pedal depressed Up 4 _ Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear Down Pull the lever backwards once to shift down one gear Driving your vehicle x NOTICE In sports mode the driver must exe cute upshifts in accordance with road conditions Be cautious to keep the e
207. ion shift lever into P Park while the ignition switch is ON Press the SET button and hold it for 10 seconds or more Release the button after one or two beep sounds The system will beep once to indicate the function deactivat ed or twice to indicate the function activated Features of your vehicle pone N Reverse parking aid function if equipped OHM048032N While the vehicle is moving backward the outside rearview mirror s will Move downward to aid reverse parking According to the position of the outside rearview mirror switch 1 the outside rearview mirror s will operate as follows L When the remote control outside rearview mirror switch is selected to the L position both outside rearview mirrors will move downward R When the remote control outside rearview mirror switch is selected to the R position only the passenger s outside rearview mirror will downward Move a aana ee Features of your vehicle Neutral When the remote control out side rearview mirror switch is placed in the middle position the outside rearview mirrors will not operate while the vehi cle is moving backward NOTICE The outside rearview mirrors will auto matically revert to their original posi tions under the following conditions 1 Ignition switch is in the LOCK posi tion 2 Shift lever is moved to any position except R 3 Remote control outside rearview mir ror switch is placed in
208. ious engine damage may result The oil pressure waming light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pressure waming light stays on while the engine is running there is a serious malfunc tion If this happens stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so tum off the engine and check the oil level If the oil level is low fill the engine oil to the proper level and start the engine again If the light stays on with the engine running tum the engine off immediately In any instance where the oil light stays on when the engine is running the engine should be checked by an authorized KIA dealer before the vehicle is driven again aes ae ee ee cl Features of your vehicle D150308AHM EE Parking brake amp brake O fluid warning light BRAKE Parking brake warning This light is illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position The warning light should go off after a few seconds when the parking brake is released Low brake fluid level warning If the warning light remains on it may indicate that the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low If the warning light remains on 1 Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle 2 With the engine stopped check the brake fluid level immediately and add flu
209. is determined to be valid the engine will start If the key is determined to be invalid the engine will not start Features of your vehicle x NOTICE If you need additional keys or lose your keys consult an authorized KIA dealer This device complies with Industry Canada standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer sys tem to malfunction and should only be serviced by an authorized KIA A CAUTION The transponder in your ignition 2 This device must accept any interfer key is an important part of the immobilizer system It is designed to give years of trouble free service however you should avoid expo sure to moisture static electricity dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the immobilizer system are not covered by your vehicle ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation and rough handling Immobilizer manufacturer warranty system malfunction could occur as e EE Features of your vehicle DO10301AUN EC Limp home override procedure When you turn the ignition switch to the ON position if the immobilizer indicator goes off after blinking 5 times your transponder equipped in the ignition key is out of order Yo
210. is not opened The light goes out gradually after approximately 30 seconds if the door is closed Features of your vehicle OHMo048081 D210400AEN Door courtesy lamp if equipped The door courtesy lamp comes ON when the door is opened to assist entering or exiting the vehicle It also serves as a warning to passing vehicles that the vehi cle door is open OHM049082 D210500AUN Glove box lamp if equipped The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened The parking lights or headlights must be ON for the glove box lamp to function OHM048083 D210600AUN Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Opening the lid of the vanity mirror will automatically turn on the mirror light J Features of your vehicle DEFROSTER D220000AUN E Type A To activate the rear window defroster press the rear window defroster button N CAUTION located in the center facia switch panel The indicator on the rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded to the inside surface of the rear window never use sharp instruments or window cleaners containing abrasives to clean the window ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes OHM048084N NOTICE Soe or when the ignition switch is turned off If you want
211. itch with the igni ton switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously e The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not e The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING FO2ZO1LOOAUN EU If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing set the shift lever in the N Neutral position and then push the vehi cle to a safe place FO20200AHM If you have a flat tire while driving If a tire goes flat while you are driving 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and let the vehicle slow down while driving straight ahead Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control When the vehicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes What to do in an emergency 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the trans mission in P Park 3 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle Be sure they all get out on the side of the car that is away from treffic 4 When changing a flat tire fo
212. ite chapter can be directly selected by searching the chapters titles Searches are not supported when the initial logo video menu is being dis played Searches are possible only when the video is playing 8 MENU button This is used to return to the initial menu setup screen while a DVD title is playing 9 TITLE button For some types of DVD titles there could be several initial menu setup screens This is used to return to the root setup menu screen 10 TITLE number display The current tite number is displayed 11 CHAPTER number display The current chapter number is displayed 12 Play time display The play time of the current title is dis played 13 SUBTITLE button The subttle can be set for DVD ttles supporting Multi Subtitle function 14 AUDIO button The voice language can be set for DVD ttes supporting Multi Language func tion 15 ANGLE button The angle can be set for DVD titles encoded with the Multi Angle function 16 DVD setting button Restores the initial DVD setup screen 17 END button The menu screen will be removed to dis play only the video DVD mode setting If the DVD setup button in the DVD mode menu screen is pressed the setup screen as shown below will become dis played ENGLISH ENGLISH walle ENGLISH NOTICE The DVD setup screen is used not to change the settings of the current DVD title but to define the settings of the DVD PLAYER In order to appl
213. ith Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation A CAUTION Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty a aa ee es el al Features of your vehicle Th S OEN046004 D020300BHM Battery replacement A transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium battery which will normally last for several years When replacement is necessary use the following procedure 1 Insert a slim tool into the slot and gen tly pry open the transmitter center cover 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive sym bol faces up as indicated in the illus tration 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal For transmitter replacement see an authorized KIA dealer to reprogram the transmitter A CAUTION The keyless entry system trans mitter is designed to give you years of trouble free use howev er it can malfunction if exposed to mois
214. ith respect to grade eS Traction AA A B amp C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tre s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spec ified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction perform ance Temperature A B amp C The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled condi tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tre to degenerate and reduce tre life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure Grades B and A represent higher levels of perform ance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Maintenance fe ees Se el Maintenance i G201100AHM EC Tire terminology and definitions Air Pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on the tire Air pressure is expressed in kilopascal kPa or pounds per Square inch psi Accessory Weight This means the combined weight of optional acces sories Some examples of optional accessories are automatic transmis sion power seats and air condition ing Aspect Ratio The relationship of a tire s height to its width Belt A rubber coated layer of cords that is located
215. ity is the maximum number of occupants including a driver your vehicle may carry However the seating capacity may be reduced based upon the weight of all of the occupants and the weight of the cargo being carried or towed Do not overload the vehicle as there is a limit to the total weight or load limit including occupants and cargo the vehicle can carry ayaa ee eel Driving your vehicle E150103AHM Towing capacity Without trailer brakes 750 kg 1650 Ibs With trailer brakes e 3 8 Engine 2270 kg 5000 Ibs e 4 6 Engine 3400 kg 7500 Ibs Towing capacity is the maximum trailer weight including its cargo weight your vehicle can tow E150104AUN Cargo Capacity The cargo capacity of your vehicle will increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants and the tongue load if your vehicle is equipped with a trail er E150105AUN Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug gage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 635 kg and there will be five 68 kg 150 lbs passengers in
216. iving information except odometer distance to empty and instant fuel consumption is reseted if the bat tery is disconnected J Features of your vehicle The odometer is always displayed until the display is turned off Press the TRIP button for less than 1 second to select tripmeter distance to empty average speed driving time aver age fuel consumption or instant fuel con Sumption function as follows Tripmeter A Tripmeter B Distance to empty RANGE Average speed AVG Driving time E T Average fuel consumption AVG Instant fuel consumption Instant if equipped E Type A E Type A E Type B OHM048050 Odometer The odometer indicates the total dis tance the vehicle has been driven You will also find the odometer useful to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed OHM048051 Tripmeter TRIP A Tripmeter A TRIP B Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of indi vidual trips selected since the last trip meter reset The meter s working range is from 0 0 to 999 9 km 0 0 to 999 9 miles Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the tripmeter TRIP A or TRIP B is being displayed clears the tripmeter to zero 0 0 Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type A E Type A E Type B OHM048054C Distance to empty if equipped This mode indicates the estimated dis tance to empty based on the c
217. ke Press the brake pedal with more force than usual since you will have reduced brake performance More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake per formance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off N CAUTION Automatic transmission e If the vehicle is being towed with all four wheels on the ground it can be towed only from the front Be sure that the transmission is in neutral Do not tow at speeds greater than 40 km h 25 mph and for more than 25 km 15 mile Be sure the steering is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering and brakes e Before towing check the auto matic transmission fluid leak under your vehicle If the auto matic transmission fluid is leak ing a flatbed equipment or tow ing dolly must be used FO80400AHM Tie down hook for flatbed towing OHM068014 0 ee ee Engine compartment 7 2 Maintenance services 7 4 Owner maintenance 7 5 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 11 Engine oil 7 14 Engine coolant 7 15 Brake fluid 7 18 Power steering fluid 7 19 Washer fluid 7 20 Parking brake 7 20 Air cleaner 7 21 Climate control air filter 7 21 Wiper blades 7 22 Battery 7 25 Tires and wheels 7 28 Fuses 7 42 Appearance care
218. l or the Remote Control can be control to select the current button used to make adjustments to the brightness saturation color contrast 3 If there are no operations for 10 sec day night modes auto light screen onds the select area will disappear Re pressing one of the 4 direction keys will re create the select area ratio etc See eee cal Features of your vehicle Adjusting the Non Video Screen Quality 1 Press the DISP button on the REAR panel or the remote control while non video mode is playing to display the non video mode screen setup menu VIDEO SETTING 2 Use the 4 direction keys on the REAR panel or the Remote Control to adjust the brightness day night modes and Auto Light function NOTICE Upon selecting DAY LIGHT the bright screen is always maintained regardless of the on off state of the car taillights However brightness may be set to 90 in accordance to the external auto light sensor Upon selecting AUTO LIGHT the dis play is automatically brightened or darkened in accordance to external brightness Adjusting the Volume 1 Use the PWR VOLUME button on the REAR panel to adjust the sound vol ume in the rear of the vehicle 23 87 7 Maz 2 When adjusting the sound volume the volume level will be displayed as a number on the Panel display and Roof Mount monitor NOTICE The volume for the REAR is controlled in accordance to the volume level set for the FRONT
219. lant in the cooling system It is the only type of coolant that should be used because it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system lubri cates the water pump and prevents freezing Be sure to replace or replenish your coolant in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7 Before winter have your coolant tested to assure that its freezing point is sufficient for the temperatures anticipated during the winter E120300AUN Check battery and cables Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system Visually inspect the bat tery and cables as described in section 7 The level of charge in your battery can be checked by an authorized KIA dealer or a service station E120400BUN Change to winter weight oil if necessary In some climates it is recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use consult an authorized KIA dealer E120500AUN Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they are not cracked worn or damaged in any way E120600AUN To keep locks from freezing To keep the locks from freezing squirt an approved de icer fluid or glycerine into the key opening If a lock is covered with ice squirt it with an approved de icing fluid to remove the ice
220. lation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside fresh air position is selected If this hap pens have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized KIA dealer NOTICE e If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required e When the air flow rate suddenly decreases the system should be checked at an authorized KIA dealer D230400AHM Checking the amount of air con ditioner refrigerant and compres sor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a negative impact on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found have the system inspected by an authorized KIA dealer NOTICE It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the compressor and abnormal system operation may occur Features of your vehicle AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E Type A Front climate control A C display Front fan speed control switch Driver s temperature control switch AUTO automatic control button Front blower OFF button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Dual temperature control selection button Mode selection button 10 Front windshield deicer button 11 Rear window defroster bu
221. le an authorized KIA dealer to duplicate the keys easily Remove the bar code tag and store it in a safe place Also record the code number and keep it ina Safe place not in the vehicle a ee E Features of your vehicle To deactivate the immobilizer sys NOTICE fem When starting the engine do not use the Insert the ignition key into the key cylin key with other immobilizer keys around der and turn it to the ON position Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each To activate the immobilizer system key separate in order to avoid a starting Turn the ignition key to the OFF position malfunction The immobilizer system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for A CAUTION your vehicle the engine will not start Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch Metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal and may pre vent the engine from being started OHM048231N DO10300AHM EC Immobilizer system Your vehicle may be equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle use Your immobilizer system is comprised of a small transponder in the ignition key and electronic devices inside the vehicle With the immobilizer system whenever you insert your ignition key into the igni tion switch and turn it to ON it checks and determines and verifies that the igni tion key is valid If the key
222. lectrical connector s lights tires and mirror adjustment If the trailer has electric brakes start your vehicle and trailer mov ing and then apply the trailer brake con troller by hand to be sure the brakes are working This lets you check your electri cal connection at the same time During your trip check occasionally to be sure that the load is secure and that the lights and trailer brakes are still working E140401AUN Following distance Stay at least twice as far behind the vehi cle ahead as you would when driving your vehicle without a trailer This can help you avoid situations that require heavy braking and sudden turns E140402AUN Passing You ll need more passing distance up ahead when you re towing a trailer And because of the increased vehicle length you ll need to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before you can return to your lane E140403AUN Backing up Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Then to move the trailer to the left just move your hand to the left To move the trailer to the right move your hand to the right Always back up slowly and if possible have someone guide you E140404AUN Making turns When your re turning with a trailer make wider turns than normal Do this so your trailer won t strike soft shoulders curbs road signs trees or other objects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Driving your vehicle E140405AHM EU Tum s
223. little as possible If you are still Vie p28 AA second gear Accelerate slowly to stuck after a few tries have the vehicle WGRA avoid spinning the drive wheels pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid E110100AHM EC e Use sand rock salt or other non slip engine overheating and possible damage Hazardous driving conditions material under the drive wheels to pro to the transmission vide traction when stalled in ice snow When hazardous driving conditions are r iruei encountered such as water snow ice CAUTION mud sand or similar hazards follow Prolonged rocking may cause these suggestions engine overheating transmission e Drive cautiously and allow extra dis damage or failure and tire damage tance for braking e Avoid sudden braking or steering ae ee et al Driving your vehicle X NOTICE The ESC system if equipped should be OUN056051 turned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle 3 9390aun E110400AUN Smooth comering Driving at night Avoid braking or gear changing in cor Because night driving presents more ners especially when roads are wet hazards than driving in the daylight here Ideally corners should always be taken are some important tips to remember under gentle acceleration If you follow e Slow down and keep more distance these suggestions tire wear will be held between you and other vehicles as it to a minimum may be more difficult to see at night especially in areas where there may no
224. ll Maximum Load Rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per missible inflation pressure for that tire Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Normal Occupant Weight The number of occupants a vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kg 150 pounds Maintenance ee Occupant Distribution Designated seating positions Outward Facing Sidewall The side of a asymmetrical tire that has a par ticular side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle The outward facing sidewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same moldings on the inner facing sidewall Passenger P Metric Tire A tre used on passenger cars and some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles Recommended Inflation Pressure Vehicle manufacturer s recommend ed tire inflation pressure and shown on the tire placard Radial Ply Tire A pneumatic tre in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread Rim A metal support for a tire and upon which the tire beads are seat ed Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead Speed Rating An alphanumeric code assigned to a tire indicating the maximum speed at which a tire can operate Traction The friction between the tire and the road surface The am
225. llow the instruction provided later in this sec tion FO20300AUN If engine stalls while driving 1 Reduce your speed gradually keeping a straight line Move cautiously off the road to a safe place 2 Turn on your emergency flashers 3 Try to start the engine again If your vehicle will not start contact an authorized KIA dealer or seek other qualified assistance IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START FO30100AHM If engine doesn t tum over or tums over slowly 1 If your car has an automatic transmis sion be sure the shift lever is in N Neutral or P Park and the emer gency brake is set 2 Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight 3 Turn on the interior light If the light dims or goes out when you operate the Starter the battery is discharged 4 Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened 5 Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it See instructions for J ump starting FO30200AHM If engine tums over normally but does not start 1 Check the fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK position check all connectors at the ignition coils and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be discon nected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4 If the engine still does not start call an authorized KIA dealer or seek other qualified assistance J What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING FO40100AHM J ump start
226. lower ON OFF button 19 Rear fan speed control switch if equipped m OHM048224N OHM048101 OHM048102 D240100AHM EU Automatic heating and air condi tioning The automatic climate control system is controlled by simply setting the desired temperature The Full Automatic Temperature Control FATC system automatically controls the heating and cooling system as follows 1 Press the AUTO button The modes fan speeds air intake and air condi tioning will be controlled automatically by setting the temperature 2 Set the temperature switch to the desired temperature If the temperature is set to the lowest setting Lo the air conditioning sys tem will operate continuously 3 To turn the automatic operation off select any button or switch of the fol lowing e Mode selection button e Air conditioning button e Front windshield defroster button e Air intake control button e Fan speed switch The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 23 C 73 F Features of your vehicle dj J OHM04810 NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system J Features of your vehicle D240200AHM Manual heating and air c
227. lso the side and or curtain air bags inflate instantly in the event of a rollover in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury There is no single speed at which the air bags will inflate Generally air bags are designed to inflate based upon the severity of a col lision and its direction These two fac tors determine whether the sensors produce an electronic deployment inflation signal Air bag deployment depends on a number of factors including vehicle speed angles of impact and the densi ty and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned above e The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident It is much more likely that you will sim ply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision In order to help provide protection in a severe collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of the air bag inflaton is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to inflate the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of the air bag design
228. ly disposed bat tery can be harmful to the environ ment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation as eae eet al Features of your vehicle REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY IF EQUIPPED E Type A E Type B OHM048003 Remote keyless entry system operations D020101AHM EU Lock 1 All doors and tailgate are locked if the lock button is pressed If all doors and tailgate are closed the hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds once to indi cate that all doors and tailgate are locked However if any door or tailgate remains open the hazard warning lights and or the chime will not operate But if all doors and tailgate are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warn ing lights will blink once D020102BHM EU Unlock 2 The driver s door is unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the drivers door is unlocked All doors and tailgate are unlocked if the unlock button is pressed once more within 4 seconds The hazard warning lights will blink twice again to indicate that all doors and tailgate are unlocked After pressing this button the doors and tailgate will be locked automatically unless you open any door within 30 sec onds D020104AHM Tailgate unlock 3 The tailgate is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard wa
229. m corrosion apply a coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster e During winter weather or in coastal areas cover the bright metal parts with a heavier coating of wax or preserva tive If necessary coat the parts with non corrosive petroleum jelly or other protective compound Maintenance ee G230105ASA Underbody maintenance Corrosive materials used for ice and snow removal and dust control may col lect on the underbody If these materials are not removed accelerated rusting can occur on underbody parts such as the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay Special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of the doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be allowed to clog with dirt trapped water in these areas can cause rusting G230106AHM Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish e Do not use any abrasive cleaner pol ishing compound solvent or wire brushes on aluminum wheels They may scratch or damage the finish e Use only mild soap or neutral deter gent
230. m m A A eai Eye _ has been activated unintentional lanza M OHMO58010N Uae DS onmose011 ly E170802AHM EU 4H 4L e Do not speed over 80 knyh 50 Part time 4WD knob operation 1 Stop the vehicle Tee im a TE and 40 knyh 2H lt gt 4H 2 Put the shift lever into the N Neutral mpn in Turn the transfer knob from the 2H mode position to 4H mode or 4H mode to 2H mode at 3 Turn the transfer knob to the 4H or 4L the speed below 50 mph 80 knyh It is position not necessary to put the shift lever into 4 Before shifting to other ranges from the N Neutral position Perform this the N Neutral position wait for the operation when driving straight There corresponding indicator light to turn on will be a few seconds of time delay or off in the cluster before shifting into the desired mode If the weather is extremely cold 15 C 5 F and the engine is not heated trans fer from 2H mode to 4H mode when the vehicle is stopped or at low speed Driving your vehicle E170900AHM EU Full Time 4WD Operation if equipped AUTO Automatic 4 wheel drive 4H High speed 4 wheel drive 4L Low speed 4 wheel drive NOTICE D AWD LOW not illuminated HI illuminated 4AWD LOW illuminated This mode is used when driving on normal roads and highway The engine power is distributed to all four wheels automatical ly without the driver s intervention in acco
231. may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries My a n CO40600AHM EU Side impact air bag if equipped Your vehicle is equipped with a side impact air bag in each front seat The purpose of the air bag is to provide the vehicle s driver and or the front passen ger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt alone Safety features of your vehicle The side impact air bags are designed to deploy during certain side impact collisions depending on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact The side impact air bags do not only deploy on the side of the impact but also on the opposite side Also both sides of the side impact air bags deploy in certain rollover situa tons The side impact air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations 4 WARNING e The side impact air bag is sup plemental to the driver s and the passenger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be wom at all times while the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact or rollover conditions severe enough to cause significant injury to the vehicle occupants For best protection from the side impact air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side impact air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fastened The driver s
232. mission shift lever is in the P A vehicle has the tendency to slip back Park or N Neutral position on a steep hill when it starts to go after The HAC activates even though the stopping The Hill start Assist Control ESC is off but it does not activate HAC prevents the vehicle from slipping when the ESC has malfunctioned back by operating the brakes automati cally for about 2 seconds The brakes are released when the accelerator pedal is depressed or after about 2 seconds 2a a ee ee eal Driving your vehicle Indicator light ee Mode Description Press the DBC button when the vehicle speed is under 40 kmyh 25 mph The DBC system will turn ON and enter the standby mode The system does not turn ON if the vehicle illuminated illuminated speed is over 40knVh 25 mph In the standby mode if the vehicle speed is under 35 knVh 22 mph while driving down a steep hill the DBC will activate automatically EO70506AHM EU Downhill brake control DBC yellow illuminated if equipped The Downhill Brake Control DBC sup ports the driver come down a steep hill e The hill is not steep enough without the driver depressing the brake e The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed pedal It slows down the vehicle under 8 Numinated illuminated f the above conditions are gone the DBC will knVh 5 mph and lets the driver concen yellow white automatically activate again trate on steering the vehicle In
233. mmended lubricants and capacities in section 8 GO90200AEN Checking the power steering hose Check the connections for oil leaks dam age and twists in the power steering hose before driving ee eee Maintenance WASHER FLUID PARKING BRAKE ys 4X WARNING Coolant e Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim Windshield washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alcohol GFR OFF Saia I OHMO0O78007N OHMO58021 and can be flammable under cer i G120100AUN tain circumstances Do not allow G140100AHM Checking the washer fluid level sparks or flame to contact the Checking the parking brake washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir Damage to the vehicle The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual Check whether the stroke is within spec ificaton when the parking brake pedal is inspection or occupants could occur depressed with 20 kg 44 Ib 196 N of Check the fluid level in the washer fluid Windshield washer fluid is poi force Also the parking brake alone reservoir and add fluid if necessary Plain sonous to humans and animals should securely hold the vehicle on a fair water may be used if washer fluid is not Do not drink and avoid contacting ly steep grade If the stroke i
234. n press the control button Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compart ment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected Outside fresh air position With the outside fresh air position selected air enters the vehicle from out side and is heated or cooled according to the function selected X NOTICE Prolonged operation of the heater in the recirculated air position without air conditioning selected may cause fog ging of the windshield and side windows and the air within the passenger com partment may become stale In addition prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessive ly dry air in the passenger compart ment a ee oe Features of your vehicle HUUUDUUOUU OHM048095 D230104AHM Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed switch allows you to con trol the fan speed of the air flow from the ventilation system To change the fan speed pull up A the switch for higher speed or push down V the switch for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the front blower ON OFF button the indicator light is not illuminated OHMO048096N D230105AHM Air conditioning if equipped Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system o
235. n ue pulling up the driver s power win dow switch for at least 1 second after the window is completely closed Automatic reversal If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of the body the window will detect the resistance and will stop upward movement The window will then lower approximately 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 2 5 cm 1 in And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal will not operate x NOTICE The automatic reverse feature for the driver s window is only active when the auto up feature is used by fully pulling up the switch The automatic reverse feature will not operate if the window is raised using the halfway posi tion on the power window switch aS ayaa ee ee el Features of your vehicle CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the power window system do not open or close two windows or more at the same time This will also ensure the longevity of the fuse e Never try to operate the main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in the opposing directions OHMO048018N at the same time If this is done DO801
236. n desired for storing 2 After positioning the cursor to the PRESET button desired for storing press the J OYSTICK select key on the REAR panel or the select key on the Remote Control for over 0 8 seconds to store the current frequency SIRIUSA 1 Ta 2 ae 021 THE SPECTRUM JAZZ amp POP THE CARPAL TUNNEL OF LOVE Features of your vehicle CDC rear DVDP mode Starting CDC DVDP mode by use of Rear panel 1 Press the MODE button on the REAR panel to display the MODE selection screen 2 If the joystick located at the far right side of the REAR panel is moved in any direction the cursor will highlight the button of the most recently operat ed mode EX The most recent RADIO FM mode 3 While in mode selection screen use the 4 direction keys on the REAR panel to move the cursor to CDC DVDP mode and press the joystick key 4 If the CDC mode is selected the DISC selection screen displaying the No 1 6 DISC will display If the DVDP mode is selected the DISC already inserted in the DVD PLAYER will begin playing Mad co Bad co Ps co 5 When in CDC mode use the 4 direction joystick to move to the select area of the desired DISC and press ENTER to begin playing Starting CDC DVDP mode by use of Rear remote control 1 When operating a different mode pressing the DISC key on the Rear Remote Control will display the most recently operated mode between CDC mode and DVDP mode In addition pres
237. n indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off Features of your vehicle E Front To turn on the rear climate control sys tem 1 Press the rear blower ON OFF button located on the front and rear climate control panel indicator light will illumi nate Operating the fan speed switch will also turn on the rear climate control system 2 Set the fan speed to the desired speed OHM048112L with the front or rear fan speed switch 3 The rear temperature and mode is controlled automatically by the front climate control system e Rear temperature same as the front temperature e Rear mode control Front mode control is MAX A C s Rear mode control is b Front mode control is yr Rear mode contol is s OHM048159 Front mode control is s Se W D230200AHM EE Rear mode control is s Rear heating and air conditioning 4 To turn off the rear climate control sys if equipped tem press the rear ON OFF button located on the front and rear climate control panel once more indicator light is not illuminated e If you operate the rear temperature or mode on the rear climate control panel the corresponding rear temperature or mode will operate independently regardless of the front climate control system operation If the ignition switch is turned OFF and ON again the rear temperature and mode will be controlled automatically by the front climate control syst
238. n pres ent are in a secure place away from the road and from the vehicle to be raised with the jack OHM068003 FO7O200AHM Removing and storing the spare tre Your spare tire is stored underneath your vehicle directly below the cargo area To remove the spare tre 1 Open the tailgate 2 Find the plastic hex bolt cover and remove the cover What to do in an emergency _ el SS i b 5 ji OHMO68004N OHMO68005N OHMO68006N 3 Use the wheel lug nut wrench to 4 After the spare tire reaches the To store the Spare tre loosen the bolt enough to lower ground continue to turn the 4 Lay the tire on the ground with the the spare tire wrench counterclockwise and valve stem facing up Turn the wrench counterclockwise draw the spare tire outside Never 3 piace the wheel under the vehicle until the spare tire reaches the rotate the wrench excessively oth and install the retainer 1 through ground erwise the spare tire carrier may the wheel center PARAAN l 3 Turn the wrench clockwise until it 5 Remove the retainer 1 from the clicks center of the spare tire 0 ee eee What to do in an emergenc ees OHM068007 1VQA4022 FO70300AHM EU 4 Remove the anes lug nut wrench Changing tires jack Jack handle and spare tire 1 Park on a level surface and apply from the vehicle the parking brake firmly 5 Block both the front and rear of the 2 Place the transmission
239. n rainy or humid days decrease the humidity inside the vehi cle by operating the air conditioning system During air conditioning system opera tion you may occasionally notice a slight change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles This is a normal system operation characteristic Use the air conditioning system every month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system performance ping or even puddling on the ground under the passenger side of the vehi cle This is a normal system operation Characteristic Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opere tion characteristic J Features of your vehicle Outside air Recirculate Blower Climate control air filter Heater core Evaporator core OHM048209 D230300AHM EC Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the glove box filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehi cle from the outside through the heating and air conditioning system If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a period of time the air flow from the air vents may decrease resulting in moisture accumu
240. ndshield since it may chip or crack the windshield ee Maintenance OED076041 G180202AHM 2 Install the new blade assembly by Rear window wiper blade inserting the center part into the slot in 1 Raise the wiper arm and pull out the the wiper arm until it clicks into place wiper blade assembly 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slight ly To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components have an authorized KIA dealer replace the wiper blade BATTERY G190100BHM For best battery service e Keep the battery securely mounted e Keep the battery top clean and dry e Keep the terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease e Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda e If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time disconnect the bat tery cables AX WARNING Battery dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or paint finish Continued Maintenanc
241. nector PDM Multipurpose Check Connector Smart Key Control Module Fob Holder Electronic Chrome Mirror Map Lamp Vanity Lamp Switch LH RH Front Rear A C Control Module Center Room Lamp Rear Room Lamp KEY LOCK Sport Mode Switch Ignition Lock Switch ILLUMI IG2 2 7 5A OBD II 7 5A ROOM Rear Seat Warmer Relay FRT SAWARMER Driver Seat Warmer Module Passenger Seat Warmer Module Sunroof Module TPMS Tire Pressure Monitoring Module F PWR OUTLET cc PEDAL Adjustable Pedal Relay aa ee aes ee eal Maintenance Description Fuse rating Protected component START Burglar Alarm Relay Start Relay AIR BAG IND Instrument Cluster Air Bag IND 75A ABS Control Module ESC Control Module DBC Relay Steering Angle Sensor Crash Pad Switch LH Smart Key Control Module Rear Parking Assist Control Module Rheostat Instrument Cluster MICOM Multifunction Switch Cruise Remocon Generator Rear Parking Assist Buzzer Rear Parking Assist Switch Audio PODS Module Tire Pressure Monitoring Module Multipurpose Check Connector ECM TCM Front Wiper Motor 4WD ECM Stop Lamp Switch Free Running Differential Air Pump Generator G8BA 15A SRS Control Module Telltale Lamp 30A Driver Door Module Driver Safety Power Window Motor 30A Assistant Door Module Passenger Safety Power Window Motor Maintenance Inner fuse panel Luggage compartment FUSE RR DEFOG T G POWER LATCH RR WIPER DOOR LOCK CTR P OUT RR P OUT F
242. net If necessary contact your authorized KIA dealer to obtain a luggage net Features of your vehicle EXTERIOR FEATURES NOTICE e The crossbars if equipped should be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items onto the roof rack e If the vehicle is equipped with a sun roof be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation e When the roof rack is not being used to carry cargo the crossbars may need to be repositioned if wind noise is OUN026355 detected D290100AHM Roof rack if equipped N CAUTION If the vehicle has a roof rack you can e When carrying cargo on the roof load cargo on top of your vehicle rack take the necessary precau The two crossbars on the roof rack can tions to make sure the cargo does be repositioned forward or rearward for not damage the roof of the vehicle conveniently loading cargo or a roof car e When carrying large objects on rier TO move the crossbar pull the lever the roof rack make sure they do and move the crossbar to the desired not exceed the overall roof length position Release the lever and lock the or width crossbar by moving the crossbar slightly forward or rearward For your convenience and to prevent damage with an assistant on the oppo site side of the vehicle pull and hold the lever on each side then move the cross bar to the desired position Features of your vehicl
243. ng a regular size tre G200700BHM EC Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels for any reason make sure the new wheels are equivalent to the original factory units in diameter rim width and offset G200800AHM Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if you drive on worn tres tires that are improperly inflated or on slippery road surfaces Tires should be replaced when tread wear indicators appear Slow down whenever there IS rain snow or ice on the road to reduce the possibility of losing con trol of the vehicle G200900AUN Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation correct wheel alignment helps to decrease tire wear If you find a tire is worn unevenly have your dealer check the wheel alignment When you have new tres installed make sure they are balanced This will increase vehicle ride comfort and tire life Additionally a tire should always be rebalanced if it is removed from the wheel ee es eel Maintenance i I030B04J M G201000AUN Tire sidewall labeling This information identifies and describes the fundamental charac teristics of the tire and also provides the tre identification number TIN for safety standard certfication The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall G201001AUN 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown G201002AHM 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation Y
244. ngine speed below the red zone In sports mode only the 5 or 6 for ward gears can be selected To reverse or park the vehicle move the shift lever to the R Reverse or P Park position as required In sports mode downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down When the vehicle stops Ist gear is automatically selected In sports mode when the engine rpm approaches the red zone shift points are varied to upshift automatically To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is oper ated When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the trans mission to shift into the 2nd or 3rd gear which is better for smooth driv ing on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shift back to the Ist gear E060102AHM Shift lock system if equipped For your Safety the automatic transmis sion has a shift lock system which pre vents shifting the transmission from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift the transmission from P Park or N Neutral into R Reverse 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine or turn the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Move the shift lever If the brake pedal is repeatedly depressed and released with the shift lever in the P Park position a chat
245. ning system if equipped on OHMO48090N Features of your vehicle OHMO048089 D230101AHM Mode selection The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the vent lation system Air can be directed to the floor dash board outlets or windshield Six symbols are used to represent MAX A C Face Bi Level Floor Floor Defrost and Defrost air position The MAX A C mode is used to cool the inside of the vehicle faster MAX A C Level B C D E F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face In this mode the air conditioning and the recirculated air position will be selected automatically To improve the effectiveness of cooling a small amount of air is directed to the floor Face Level B C D E F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D E C F Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side
246. nk are absorbed and stored in the Onboard canister When the engine is running the fuel vapors absorbed in the canister are drawn into the surge tank through the purge control solenoid valve G270202AHM Purge Control Solenoid Valve PCSV The purge control solenoid valve is con trolled by the Engine Control Module ECM when the engine coolant temper ature is low during idling the PCSV clos es so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the engine After the engine warms up during ordinary driving the PCSV opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the engine G270300AUN 3 Exhaust emission control system The Exhaust Emission Control System is a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good vehicle performance G270301AUN Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations In addition damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under warranty G270302AUN Engine exhaust gas precautions carbon monoxide e Carbon monoxide can be present with other exhaust fumes Therefore if you smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have
247. nnected 3 The search and song order on the iPod even aen eae e no Pod e an device may differ with the search and easyer he device mo AUX song order of the AV system mode causing an occurrence of noise Please make sure to 4 RESET the iPod in the case of errors remove the iPod cable when an which occur due to malfunctions on iPod device is not being used the iPod device Refer to the iPod manual Features of your vehicle AUX mode auxiliary device input NOTICE The AUX1 AUX2 mode will operate only when an auxiliary AUDIO amp VIDEO player camcorder vehicle VCR etc is connected and operating Starting AUX mode by use of Rear panel 1 Press the MODE button on the REAR panel to display the MODE selection screen 2 If the key on the joystick located at the far right side of the REAR panel is moved in any direction the select area will become displayed on the button of the most recently operated mode 3 Select the AUX button 4 Select the AUX1 or AUX2 button in the AUX mode screen 5 The AUX1 AUX2 will begin playing NOTICE If the auxiliary device connector jack is removed while in AUX mode the previ ous mode will automatically be dis played Pressing the AUX1 AUX2 button while the auxiliary device is not is not connect ed or with only the VIDEO jack connect ed will display a The device is not prop erly connected message CAUTION 1 Having the auxiliary cable con ne
248. not properly maintained J CAUTION Using anything but recommended Cleaners and procedures may affect the fabric s appearance and fire resistant properties G230203AUN Cleaning the lap shoulder belt web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it G230204AHM Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with a glass cleaner Follow the directions on the glass cleaner con tainer A CAUTION Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window This may result in damage of the rear window defroster grid Maintenance eC EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM G270000AHM EU The emission control system of your vehicle is covered by a written limited warranty Please see the warranty infor mation contained in the Warranty amp Maintenance booklet in your vehicle Your vehicle is equipped with an emis sion control system to meet all applicable emission regulations There are three emission control sys tems as follows 1 Crankcase emission control system 2 Evaporative emission control system 3 Exhaust emission control system In order to assure the proper function of the emission control systems it is rec ommen
249. not dam age the ozone layer 1 Start the engine Press the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the 4 position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort e When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position set the mode control to the MAX A C position then set the fan speed control to the highest speed Features of your vehicle Air conditioning system operation tips e If the vehicle has been parked in direct x NOTICE e When using the air conditioning sys e When using the air conditioning sys tem you may notice clear water drip tem monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when outside tempera tures are high Air conditioning sys tem operation may cause engine over heating Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning sys tem off if the temperature gauge indi cates engine overheating When opening the windows in humid weather air conditioning may create water droplets inside the vehicle Since excessive water droplets may cause damage to electrical equipment air conditioning should only be used with the windows closed sunlight during hot weather open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle escape To help reduce moisture inside of the windows o
250. nt detection system do not install a Child restraint system in the front passenger seat position A child restraint system must never be placed in the front seat The infant or child could be severely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow chil dren to ride in the front passen ger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes all occu pants including the driver should always wear their seat belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash Do not sit or lean unneces sarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion Continued Continued e Sitting improperly or out of posi tion can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash All occupants should sit upright with the seat back in an upright position cen tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfort ably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the ignition key is removed e The SRS air bag system must deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash If an occu pantis out of position because of not wearing a seat belt the air bag
251. nt the seat belt from being damaged 2 Set the front or 2nd row seatback to the upright position and if necessary slide the front or 2nd row seat for ward 3 Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position Safety features of your vehicle 4 Pull on the seatback folding lever then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle When you return the seatback to its upright position always be sure it has locked into position by pushing on the top of the seatback E 2nd row seat OHM038026 5 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward by pulling on the folding lever Pull the seatback firmly untl it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place Return the rear seat belt to the proper position 44 WARNING When you retum the rear seatback to its upright position after being folded down Be careful not to damage the seat belt webbing or buckle Do not allow the seat belt webbing or buckle to get caught or pinched in the rear seat Ensure that the seat back is completely locked into its upright position by pushing on the top of the seatback Otherwise in an accident or sudden stop the seat could fold down and allow cargo to enter the passenger com partment which could result in serious injury or death ee ee ee Safety features of your vehicle 4X WARNING 3rd row seat The headrest on the 3rd row seat should be adjusted so the middle of the headr
252. o recall the position in memory press the desired memory button 1 or 2 The system will beep once then the driver seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel will automatically adjust to the stored positions Adjusting one of the control switches for the driver seat outside rearview mirror and steering wheel while the system is recalling the stored positions will cause the movement for that component to stop and move in the direction that the control switch is moved Other components will continue to the recalled position D120300AHM EU Easy access function if equipped With the shift lever in the P Park posi tion the system will move the driver s seat and the steering wheel forward or rearward automatically so you can com fortably enter and exit the vehicle e With ignition key The steering wheel will move away from the driver and the seat will move rearward when the ignition key is removed The steering wheel will move toward the driver and the seat will move for ward when the ignition key is insert ed With smart key The steering wheel will move away from the driver and the seat will move rearward when the ENGINE START STOP button is in the OFF position The steering wheel will move toward the driver and the seat will move for ward when the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC position To deactivate or activate the easy access function iP 2 J Shift the transmiss
253. ocal regulations See your local recre ational vehicle dealer or rental agency for the correct type of wiring and relays for your trailer Check for correct operation of the turn signals tail back up and stop lights each time you hitch up Direct splic ing may damage your vehicle s electrical system and cause a malfunction of your lights Driving your vehicle VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEUS ET CHARGE INFORMAT ION The combined weight of eccupanta and cargo should never excaed 25 bg or 1 157 lba Le poldi comblied dis eccupaals ef de chargesent ae dalk Jamals exobderszs bg ou 1 157 Ib se owes MST u PATRI 220KPA 32PS Fe aa POUR OBTENIR PSVTIRIT 220KPA 32PS AMAA OS can INFORMAT Lop PENGE GHEMENTS cecouns AART J20KPA BOPS ADOT CHNELS OHM059047N TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEUS ET CHARGE INFORMAT ION SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 7 FRONT REARS 9 i WOMBIRE DE SIEGES TOTAL 7 AVANT ARRIERE S The coabined weight of occupants and cargo shpuld never empeedeS bg or 1 057 Ita Le polda comb ied des occupant ts at du chargent oe dill jamai encbderiz by ou i 151 Ih lb GUIE bu se 220KPA 32P5 1 MAM e POUR DSTENIR poesvG0RI8 220K PA 32P5 PMI ISS RENSE GMEMENTS KF OA ATION Fae 420KPA 60PS ARAM RTE OHM059048N a TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION PNEUS ET one SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 7 FRONT REARS WOMBRE DE SIEGES TOTAL 7 ie Tha comdined we
254. occur Safety features of your vehicle OHM038010 C010108AHM Seatback pocket The seatback pocket is provided on the back of the front passenger s and driver s seatbacks C010200AHM Front seat adjustment power if equipped The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located on the out side of the seat cushion Before driving adjust the seat to the proper position so as to easily control the steering wheel pedals and switches on the instrument panel CAUTION e The power seat is driven by an electric motor Stop operating once the adjustment is complet ed Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment e When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t adjust the power seat longer than necessary while the engine is not running e Do not operate two or more power seat control switches at the same tme Doing so may result in power seat motor or electrical component malfunction ee eee eval Safety features of your vehicle OHMO038011L C010201AHM Forward and backward Push the control switch forward or back ward to move the seat to the desired position Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position OHM038012L C010202AHM Seatback angle Push the control switch forward or back ward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the switch once the seat reac
255. ollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more like ly to die than a person wearing a seat belt Make sure everyone in the vehicle is properly buckled up E170600AHM A WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide safe ride and handling capability Do not use a size and type of tire and wheel that is different from the one that is Originally installed on your vehicle It can affect the safety and perform ance of your vehicle which could lead to steering failure or rollover and serious injury When replacing the tires be sure to equip all four tires with the tire and wheel of the same size type tread brand and load carrying Capacity If you never theless decide to equip your vehi cle with any tire wheel combination not recommended by KIA for off road driving you should not use these tires for highway driving E170700AHM WARNING J acked vehicle While the full tme 4WD vehicle is being raised on a jack never start the engine or cause the tires to rotate There is the danger that rotating tires touching the ground could cause the vehicle to go off the jack and to jump forward e Full time 4WD vehicles must be tested on a special four wheel chassis dynamometer Parttime 4WD vehicles must be tested on a 2WD roll tester with the transfer shift knob in the 2H positon x NOTICE Never engage the parking brake while performing these tests e A full time 4WD vehicle s
256. ommodate the installation of child restraint systems Although a combina tion retractor is also installed in the front passenger seat position it is strongly recommended that children always be seated in the rear seat NEVER place any infant restraint system in the front seat of the vehicle This type of seat belt combines the fea tures of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic lock ing retractor seat belt To fasten your seat belt pull it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab into the buckle There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle When not securing a child restraint the seat belt operates in the same way as the driver s seat belt Emergency Locking Retractor Type It automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt portion of the seat belt is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips When the seat belt is fully extended from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system the seat belt oper ation changes to allow the belt to retract but not to extend Automatic Locking Retractor Type Refer to Using a child restraint system in this section NOTICE Although the combination retractor provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in either emergency or automatic locking modes it is recom mended that seated passengers use the emergency locking feature for improved convenience The autom
257. on have the power steer ing checked by an authorized KIA dealer CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme right or left for more than 5 seconds with the engine running Holding the steering wheel for more than 5 seconds in either position may cause damage to the power steering pump NOTICE If the power steering drive belt breaks or if the power steering pump malfunc tions the steering effort will greatly increase NOTICE If the vehicle is parked for extended periods outside in cold weather below 10 C 14 F the power steering may require increased effort when the engine is first started This is caused by increased fluid viscosity due to the cold weather and does not indicate a mal function When this happens increase the engine RPM by depressing the accelerator until the RPM reaches 1 500 rpm then release or let the engine idle for two or three minutes to warm up the fluid D130300AEN Tilt steering Tilt steering allows you to adjust the steering wheel before you drive You can also raise it to give your legs more room when you exit and enter the vehicle The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for you to drive while permitting you to see the instru ment panel warning lights and gauges J Features of your vehicle D130301AHM Manual type if equipped To change the steering wheel angle adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle 2 while
258. on slopes which tlt the vehicle to either side These factors must be carefully consid ered when driving off road Keeping the vehicle in contact with the driving surface and under control in these conditions is always the driver s responsibility for the safety of hinVherself and his or her pas sengers CAUTION Do not select four wheel drive on flat and normal roads Four wheel driving on flat roads for a long period causes poor fuel economy and noise and it also causes tires to wear faster Four wheel driving on flat and normal roads can result in a severe binding and chattering condition when tuming the steer ing wheel Four wheel driving on flat roads for a long period can also cause the differential oil temperature to increase resulting in damage to parts in the power train E170201AHM Tight comer brake effect N CAUTION 4WD When tuming sharply on a paved road at low speed while in four wheel drive 4L mode for full time 4VW D operation or 4L 4H mode for part time 4WD operation steering control will be difficult Tight corner brake effect is a unique characteristic of four wheel drive vehicles caused by the difference in tire rotation of the four wheels and the zero degree alignment of the front wheels and sus pension Sharp turns at low speeds should be car ried out with caution Driving your vehicle E170800AHM EU Part Time 4WD if equipped Tarsier mode Stites eer at This mode is use
259. ondition ing The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons other than the AUTO button In this case the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating Na Cooling a 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system on Press the AUTO button in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem mere OHM048104 D240201AHM Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the vent lation system The air flow outlet port is converted as follows PH Mai Nd gt NA Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system Face Level B C D E F Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face Additionally each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Bi Level B D E C F Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor Floor Level C A D E Most of the air flow is directed to the floor with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield and side win dow defrosters Floor Defrost Level A C D E
260. one setting 1 Determine the desired Zone Number based upon your current location on the Zone Map 2 Press and hold the button for more than 3 but less than 6 seconds the current Zone Number will appear on the display 3 Pressing and holding the button again will cause the numbers to incre ment Note they will repeat 13 14 15 1 2 Releasing the button when the desired Zone Number appears on the display will set the new Zone 4 Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass head ing again There are some conditions that can cause changes to the vehicle magnets such as installing a ski rack or a CB antenna Body repair work on the vehicle can also cause changes to the vehicle s magnetic field In these situations the compass will need to be re calibrated to quickly correct for these changes To re calibrate the compass B520CO5NF Features of your vehicle 1 Press and hold the button for more than 6 seconds When the compass memory is cleared a C will appear in the display 2 To calibrate the compass drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 8 knVh 5 mph Integrated HomeLink Wireless Control System The HomeLink Wireless Control System provides a convenient way to replace up to three hand held radio fre quency RF transmitters with a single built in device This innovative feature will learn the radio frequency codes of most current transmi
261. onnect it to or near any part that moves when the engine is cranked Do not allow the jumper cables to con tact anything except the correct battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections CAUTION Battery cables Do not connect the jumper cable from the negative terminal of the booster battery to the negative ter minal of the discharged battery This can cause the discharged bat tery to overheat and crack releas ing battery acid 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent you should have your vehi cle checked by an authorized KIA dealer F O40200AHM EU Push starting Vehicles equipped with automatic trans mission cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting 0 paaa epee eal What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS FO50000AHM If your temperature gauge indicates over heating you experience a loss of power or hear loud pinging or knocking the engine will probably be too hot If this happens you should 1 2 Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so Place the shift lever in P Park and set the parking brake If the air conditioning is on turn it off If engine coolant is running out under the vehicl
262. onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel back and forth until the wheel can slide over the other studs What to do in an emergency OHM068012 Then position the wrench as shown in the drawing and tighten the wheel nuts Be sure the socket is seated completely over the nut Do not stand on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench han dle Go around the wheel tightening every nut following the numerical sequence shown in the image unl they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels have an authorized KIA dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper torque as soon as possible Wheel nut tightening torque 9 11 kg m 65 79 Ib ft If you have a tire gauge remove the valve cap and check the air pressure If the pressure is lower than recom mended drive slowly to the nearest service station and inflate to the cor rect pressure If it is too high adjust it untl it is correct Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting the tire pressure If the cap is not replaced dust and dirt may get into the tre valve and air may leak from the tire If you lose a valve cap buy another and install it as soon as possible After you have changed the wheels always secure the flat tire in its place and return the jack and tools to their proper storage locations A CA
263. oo much pressure in your tires This can lead to uneven wear and tre failure When replacing tires never mix radial and bias ply tires on the same car You must replace all tires including the Spare if moving from radial to bias ply tires Continued Continued e Using tires and wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehi cle control resulting in a seri ous accident e Wheels that do not meet KIA s specifications may fit poorly and result in damage to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control e The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels The tire size affects wheel speed When replacing tres all 4 tires must use the same size Originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a differ ent size can cause the ABS Anti lock Brake System and ESC Electronic Stability Control to work irregularly Maintenance ee O G200601AUN Compact spare tire replacement if equipped A compact spare tire has a shorter tread life than a regular size tre Replace it when you can see the tread wear indicator bars on the tire The replacement compact spare tire should be the same size and design tre as the one provided with your new vehicle and should be mounted on the same compact spare tre wheel The compact spare tire is not designed to be mounted on a regular size wheel and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed for mount i
264. oor by hand Make sure the doors are closed securely NOTICE e In cold and wet climates door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions e If the door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components Features of your vehicle S gt OHM048007N To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 or central door lock switch 2 to the Lock posi tion and close the door 3 e If you lock the door with the central door lock switch 2 all vehicle doors will lock automatically NOTICE Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended J Features of your vehicle e If the inner door handle of the driver s Drivers door or front passenger s door is pulled when the door lock button is in the lock position the button will unlock and the door will open if equipped e Front doors cannot be locked if the ignition key is in the ignition switch and any of the front door is opened WARNING Door lock mal function OHMO48009N a OHM048008N If a power door lock ever fails to aas function while you are in the vehi e ama Soe cle try one or more of the following techniques to exit D
265. or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced G0O50700AUN Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and or mechanical damage Hard and brittle rubber cracking tears cuts abrasions and excessive swelling indi cate deterioration Particular attention Should be paid to examine those hose Surfaces nearest to high heat sources such as the exhaust manifold Inspect the hose routing to assure that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source sharp edges or moving component which might cause heat dam age or mechanical wear Inspect all hose connections such as clamps and cou plings to make sure they are secure and that no leaks are present Hoses should be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or damage ee ee Maintenance i GO50800AUN Air cleaner filter A Genuine KIA air cleaner filter is recom mended when the filter is replaced GO50900AUN Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range G0O51000AHM Valve clearance 3 8L Inspect for excessive valve noise and or engine vibration and adjust if necessary An authorized KIA dealer should perform the operation G051100AHM Cooling system Check the cooling system components such as the radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts G051200AUN Coolant The coolant should be changed at the inte
266. orce of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional bene fit and thus the sensors may not deploy any air bags Safety features of your vehicle 1VQA2090 e J ust before impact drivers often brake heavily Such heavy braking lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to ride under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance Air bags may not inflate in this under ride situation because deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be signifi cantly reduced by such under ride collisions 1VQA2091 e Front air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection However if equipped with side impact and curtain air bags the air bags may inflate in a rollover when it is detected by the rollover sensor e Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle 1VQA2092 collides with objects such as _ ultlity poles or trees where the point of impact is concentrated to one area and the full force of the impact is not deliv ered to the sensors ee oe ee Safety features of your vehicle C041100AHM EU SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance free and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate or con tinuously remains on have your vehicle immediately inspected by an authorized KIA dealer
267. ose the vanity mirror cover securely and retum the sunvisor to its original position after use If the vanity mirror is not closed securely the lamp will stay on and could result in battery discharge and pos sible sunvisor damage OENO46157 D280400AHM Sunvisor Use the sunvisor to shield direct light through the front or side windows To use the sunvisor pull it downward To use the sunvisor for the side window pull it downward unsnap it from the bracket 1 and swing it to the side 2 To use the vanity mirror pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover 3 Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward 4 The ticket holder 5 is provided for hold ing a tollgate ticket if equipped Features of your vehicle D280500AEN Power outlet The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems The devices should draw less than 10 amps with the engine running Continued e Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s power outlet These devices may cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle A CAUTION e Use the power outlet only when the engine is running and remove the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for pro longed periods of time with the engine off could cause t
268. ou will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your vehicle The fol lowing explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation mean Example tire size designation These numbers are provided as an example only your tire size designa tor could vary depending on your vehicle P245 70R17 108T P Applicable vehicle type tires marked with the prefix P are intended for use on passenger vehicles or light trucks however not all tires have this marking 245 Tire width in millimeters 70 Aspect ratio The tre s section height as a percentage of its width R Tire construction code Radial 17 Rim diameter in inches 108 Load Index a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry T Speed Rating Symbol See the speed rating chart in this section for additional information Wheel size designation Wheels are alSo marked with impor tant information that you need if you ever have to replace one The follow ing explains what the letters and numbers in the wheel size designa tion mean Example wheel size designation 7 0 X17 7 0 Rim width in inches J Rim contour designation 17 Rim diameter in inches Maintenance S O Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif ferent speed ratings currenty being used for passenger car tires The speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tre
269. ount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear Indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tre when only 2 32 inch of tread remains UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards a tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction tempera ture and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing proce dures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle Capacity Weight The num ber of designated seating positions multiplied by 68 kg 150 Ibs plus the rated cargo and luggage load Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire due to curb and accessory weight plus maximum occupant and cargo weight Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the curb weight accessory weight and normal occu pant weight and driving by 2 Vehicle Placard A label permanent ly attached to a vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and rec ommended inflation pressure fe ee Se eed Maintenance i All season tires KIA specifies all Season tires on some models to provide good per formance for use all year round including Snowy and icy road condi tions All season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Sno
270. ower gear When you do this engine braking will help slow down the car Slow down before shifting to a lower gear Otherwise the lower gear may not be engaged Always use the parking brake Do not depend on placing the transmission in P Park to keep the vehicle from mov ing Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control Optimum vehicle performance and economy is obtained by smoothly depressing and releasing the accelera tor pedal Driving your vehicle 4 WARNING e Always buckle up In a collision an unbelted occupant is signifi cantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant Avoid high speeds when comer ing or tuming Do not make quick steering wheel movements such as sharp lane changes or fast sharp tums e The risk of rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway speeds Loss of control often occurs if two or more wheels drop off the roadway and the driver over steers to reenter the roadway In the event your vehicle leaves the roadway do not steer sharply Instead slow down before pulling back into the travel lanes Never exceed posted speed lim its A WARNING If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow mud sand etc
271. ower steering pump belt and hoses Check the power steering pump and hoses for leakage and damage Replace any damaged or leaking parts immedi ately Inspect the power steering belt or drive belt for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear oiliness and proper ten sion Replace or adjust it if necessary G052400AUN Drive shafts and boots Check the drive shafts boots and clamps for cracks deterioration or damage Replace any damaged parts and if nec esSary repack the grease G052500AUN Air conditioning refrigerant Check the air conditioning lines and con nections for leakage and damage Maintenance ee ee es ee eel Maintenance ENGINE OIL 3 Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes about 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull the dipstick out wipe it clean and re insert it fully G060100AHM EU 5 Pull the dipstick out again and check fit is near or atL add enough oil to bring Checking the engine oil level the ia The level should be between the level to F Do not overfill F and L 1 Be sure the vehicle is on level ground 2 Start the engine and allow it to reach Use a funnel to help prevent oil from normal operating temperature AN CAUTION being spilled on engine components Do not overfill with engine oil It may damage the engine Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capaci ties in section 8 Maintenance GO6
272. people especially children before putting a car into D Drive or R Reverse WARNING Driving under the influence of alcohol or drugs Drinking and driving is dangerous Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death toll each year Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Driving while under the influence of drugs iS aS dangerous or more dangerous than driving drunk You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs don t drive Do not ride with a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab WARNING When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be care ful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire ee ee ee Driving your vehicle KEY POSITIONS EO30100AHM illuminated ignition switch Whenever a front door is opened the ignition switch will illuminate for your con venience provided the ignition switch is not in the ON position The light will go off immediately when the ignition switch is turned on It will also go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed OUNO036002 Ignition switch position E030201AUN LOCK The steering wheel locks to protect against theft The ignition key can be r
273. playing The start of the current file will begin playing if the file has played for over 3 seconds The start of the previ ous file will begin playing if the file has played for under 3 seconds 5 FILE UP button The start of the next song will begin play ing 6 Play time display The play time of the currently playing song is displayed 7 DISC number display The DISC number of the currently play ing song is displayed 8 RDM RPT SCAN function display Displays the RANDOM REPEAT SCAN function settings 9 Folder name display Displays the folder of the currently file 10 File name display Displays the name of the currently play ing file 11 LIST button Moves to the MP3 LIST screen 12 INFO button The information Album name Title Artst of the currently playing file is displayed This function is Supported only in MP3 files inputted within information 13 DISC button The CD Changer select screen is dis played NOTICE There is a PLAY PAUSE function with in DVDP MP3 mode Features of your vehicle MP3 LIST menu screen configuration amp Por 3 Beyonce Knowles Deja Vu or 123 LIST Q 55 Sting ot Walsingham sass 123 7 al oma za mare 1 Mode display Display the current LIST screen 2 Folder name display Displays the folder of the current file 3 File name display Displays the name of the current file 4 BACK button The MP3 mode menu screen w
274. ppens and your vehicle is in a tilted position your vehicle may roll over Driving your vehicle x NOTICE e Do not drive in water if the level is higher than the bottom of the vehicle e Check your brake condition once you are out of mud or water Press the brake pedal several times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking forces return e Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in off road condi tions such as sand mud or water Always wash your vehicle thoroughly after off road use especially cleaning the bottom of the vehicle e Since the driving torque is always applied to the 4 wheels the perform ance of the 4WD vehicle is greatly affected by the condition of the tires Be sure to equip the vehicle with four tires of the same size and type e A full time four wheel drive vehicle cannot be towed by an ordinary tow truck Make sure that the vehicle is placed on a flat bed truck for moving N CAUTION Mud or snow If one of the front or rear wheels begins to spin in mud snow etc the vehicle can sometimes be driv en out by depressing the accelera tor pedal further however avoid running the engine continuously at high rpm because doing so could damage the 4WD system E170800AHM Reducing the risk of a rollover This multi purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle SUV SUV s have higher ground clearance and a narrower track to make them capable of performing
275. pulling the lock release lever 1 and then release the lock release lever to lock the steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driv Ing D130302AHM EE Electric type if equipped Adjust the steering wheel angle 2 and position 3 with the control switch 1 Never adjust the position of the steering wheel while driving OHM048036N D130500AUN Hom To sound the horn press the horn sym bol on your steering wheel Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly NOTICE To sound the horn press the area indi cated by the horn symbol on your steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed A CAUTION Do not strike the hom severely to operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the hom with a sharp pointed object Features of your vehicle MIRRORS D140100AHM Inside rearview mirror Adjust the rearview mirror so that the center view through the rear window is seen Make this adjustment before you Start driving OHM048037 D140101AHM Day night rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you start driving and while the day night lever is in the day position Pull the day night lever toward you to reduce the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night driv ing Remember that you lose some rearview Clarity in the night position D140102AHM EE Elect
276. quipped If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port or iPod port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB and also an iPod port to plug in an iPod Xx NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device FM reception IONOSPHERE _ J BMOO1 D300800AHM How vehicle audio works AM MW LW and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers locat ed around your city They are intercept ed by the radio antenna on your vehicle This signal is then received by the radio and sent to your vehicle speakers When a strong radio signal has reached your vehicle the precise engineering of your audio system ensures the best pos sible quality reproduction However in some cases the signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear This can be due to factors such as the dis tance from the radio station closeness of other strong radio stations or the pres ence of buildings bridges or other large obstructions in the area AM MW LW reception lIONOSPHERE B J BMoo2 AM MW be LW received at greater distances than FM broadcasts can broadcasts This is because AM MW LW radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than travell
277. r absence 1 Press and hold the release button 1 and remove the mechanical key 2 Close and then lock the glove box using the mechanical key 3 Leave the smart key with the atten dant The glove box can not be opened without the mechanical key OHM048005 DO040500BHM Battery replacement A smart key battery should last for sever al years but if the smart key is not work ing properly try replacing the battery with a new one If you are unsure how to use your smart key or replace the battery contact an authorized KIA dealer NOTICE The circuit inside the smart key can have a problem if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your smart Key or replace the battery contact an authorized KIA deal er 1 Pry open the rear cover of the smart key 2 Replace the battery with a new battery CR2032 When replacing the battery make sure the battery positive symbol faces up as indicated in the illustration 3 Install the battery in the reverse order of removal x NOTICE e Using the wrong battery can cause the smart key to malfunction Be sure to use the correct battery e Circuits inside the smart key may develop problems when dropped exposed to moisture or static electrici ty e If you suspect that your smart key might have sustained some damage or you feel your smart key is not working correctly contact an author ized KIA dealer A CAUTION An inappropriate
278. r lid does not open because ice has formed around it tap lightly or push on the lid to break the ice and release the lid Do not pry on the lid If necessary spray around the lid with an approved de icer fluid do not use radiator anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt OHM048022 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid pull out the fuel filler lid opener 3 Pull open the fuel filler lid 1 4 To remove the cap turn the fuel filler cap 2 counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed D100200AUN Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks This indicates that the cap is securely tightened 2 Close the fuel filler lid and push it in lighthy and making sure that it is securely closed D100300AHM EC J Features of your vehicle A WARNING Refueling dan gers Automotive fuels are flammable materials When refueling please note the following guidelines care fully Failure to follow these guide lines may result in severe personal injury severe bums or death by fire or explosion e Read and follow all waming post ed at the gas station facility e Before refueling note the loca tion of the Emergency Gasoline Shut Off if available at the gas station facility e Before touching the fuel nozzle you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity dis charge by touching another metal part of the veh
279. r rubber weather Strips Check the air conditioning system Check the power steering fluid level Inspect and lubricate the automatic transmission linkage and controls Clean the battery and terminals Check the brake fluid level Maintenance MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE G040100AHM EC Engine control system MAINTENANCE Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first INTERVALS MAINTENANCE coco erie 35 2 es ee ee E TEM Ey EE eonenn o r r r efe eee eee een prve bal ferson E E E a e a M E coiro sems scones r f erie col a Pee epee epee ret er a oman i i a Flank fie a mENNM wraenreere a fa fapr pape Tae Ignition wires SE Spark plugs Iridium coated Replace every 160 000 km CV ae Fea 069 C E OO ale speed o E M M HH Valve clearance 3 8L nn fn A U Ez Se ae es eal Maintenance MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE CONT Chassis and body MAINTENANCE INTERVALS Kilometers or time in months whichever comes first x fares m8 eee eee ee 128 MAINTENANCE ITEM a6 20 24 28 32 48 52 56 60 6 Air conditioner compressor See amp refrigerant amount if equipped Exhaust pipes heat shield amp mountings Transfer case oil if equipped T O AE S OE O A EER O EA Front suspension ball joints nn th o Brakes fluid o W ee A a o A e a i A Front brake pads amp dises tT tt ttt effie fefie Rear brake pads amp discs 3 a EE Parking brake Brake lines
280. r use an infant carrier ora A WARNING To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries e Children of all ages are safer when restrained in the rear seat A child nding in the front passen ger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in serious or fatal injuries Always follow the child restraint system manufacturers instruc tions for installation and use of the child restraint Always make sure the child seat is secured properly in the car and your child is securely restrained in the child seat Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle The violent forces created during a crash will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the cars interior Never put a seat belt over your self and a child During a crash the belt could press deep into the child causing serious internal injuries Continued in a vehicle not even for a short tme The car can heat up very quickly resulting in serious injuries to children inside Even very young children may inadver tenty cause the vehicle to move entangle themselves in the win dows or lock themselves or oth ers inside the vehicle Never allow two children or any two persons to use the same seat belt Children often squirm and repo sition themselves improperly Never let a child nde with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always proper ly position and secure children in the rear seat
281. rademarks of DTS Inc Copyright 1996 2002 2006 DTS Inc All Rights Reserved DTS and DTS 2 0 are trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc DO potsy DIGITAL Dolby DVD FLLC U S Patent Nos 4 631 603 4 577 216 4 819 098 4 907 093 and 6 516 132 This product incorporates copyright protection technology that Macrovision Notice is protected by U S patents and other intellectual property rights Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision and is intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless otherwise authorized by Macrovision Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited Features of your vehicle Product Characteristics This device is a total AV system support ing radio FM1 FM2 AM SIRIUS audio CD MP3 VCD and DVD With a WIDE VGA LCD 176 7 X 99 4mm this device allows for powerful sound and driving enjoyment Display Large size 176 7 X 99 4mm WIDE VGA LCD with CCFL installed large size 176 7 X 99 4 mm WIDE VGA LCD pro vides high viewing pleasure With NORMAL FULL WIDE screens the display can be selected in accor dance to user preference and video suit ability DVD Player Auto Play function Inserting an audio CD MP3 VCD DVD will automatically turn on the device and begin playing Auto conversion to Roof Monitor PBC support PLAY BACK CONTROL The various information encoded in the Video CD can be enjoyed by using
282. ranties regarding your vehicle We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle KIA offers a great variety of options components and features for its various models Therefore some of the equipment described in this manual along with the various illustrations may not be applicable to your particular vehicle The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing KIA reserves the right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation If you have questions always check with your KIA dealer We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your KIA vehicle 2009 Kia Canada Inc All rights reserved Reproduction by any means electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording or by any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written authorization from Kia Canada Inc Printed in Korea 1 oa 7 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS B e Specifications amp Consumer information 83 eeen nnnnnnnm e e e e e e l e e e e l e e l e e e e eee eee ga sss e e e e e e e m Talegere e euleva How to use this manual 1 2 Fud requirements 1 3 Vehide handling instructions 1 5 Vehide break in process 1
283. rdance with the road conditions and driving conditions This mode is used when driving on slippery roads such as snowy and rainy roads at normal speed Maximum speed 80 knyh 50 mph This mode is used when increased traction is required such as climbing or descending hills driving off roads and towing a vehicle Maximum speed 40 knyh 25 mph 4WD transfer has a time delay for a few seconds until the actual shift is made after turning the transfer shift knob When the 4WD transfer mode is shifted it may cause mechanical noise It is not a mechanical failure but a normal condition A CAUTION When you stop the vehicle to transfer the shift knob wait until the corresponding indicator light tums on or off to depart If the vehicle moves before the transfer is completed the vehicle may be damaged cea apes Seed Driving your vehicle NOTICE If the mode is not shifted like the previ ous instructions it will not transfer into the selected mode and the correspon ding indicator light will continuously blink bka a i d ian CAUTION Mud or snow is im ry 2 Be Ae e Always check the 4WD shift knob me aie ial N4 and cluster to see if the system a ae er l EF a has been activated unintentional STA z o EE WES onmos8013 ly E170902AHM EU 4H lt 4L e Do not speed over 80 kmyh 50 Full time 4WD knob operation 1 Stop the vehicle pcb nie ae ee ee AUTO lt gt 4H 2 Put the
284. rding a track 1 Press the FAST FORWARD button to fast forward the current song NOTICE The tracks will continue to be searched if the button is continuously pressed If released the video will return to normal speed Features of your vehicle MP3 mode Starting MP3 mode by use of Rear panel 1 Press the MODE button on the REAR panel to display the MODE selection screen 2 If the key on the joystick located at the far right side of the REAR panel is moved in any direction the select area will become displayed on the button of the most recently operated mode 3 While in mode selection screen use the 4 direction keys on the REAR panel to move the select area to CDC DVDP mode and press the joystick key to enter 4 If the CDC mode is selected the DISC selection screen displaying the No 1 6 DISC becomes displayed If the DVDP mode is selected the MP3 already inserted in the DVD PLAYER will begin playing CDC mp3 4 RDM POP A Beyonce Knowles Deja Vu ren 5 When in CDC mode use the 4 direc tion joystick on the REAR panel to move to the select area of the DISC where the MP3 has been inserted and press the joystick key to begin playing Starting MP3 mode by use of Rear remote control 1 When operating a different mode pressing the DISC button on the REAR Remote Control will display the most recently operated mode between CDC mode and DVDP mode In addi tion pressing the DISC key
285. ress the brake pedal e Shift into N Neutral with an automatic transmission e Push the CANCEL switch located on the steering wheel e Decrease the vehicle speed lower than the memory speed by 15 km h 9 mph e Decrease the vehicle speed to less than approximately 40 km h 25 mph ee Driving your vehicle Each of these actions will cancel cruise control operation the SET indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off but it will not turn the system off If you wish to resume cruise control operation push the RES switch located on your steer ing wheel You will return to your previ ously preset speed OHM058044N EO90600AHM EU To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 40 km h 25 mph If any method other than the CRUISE ON OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed and the system is sitll activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RES switch is pushed It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 40 km h 25 mph EO090700AHM To tum cruise control off do one of the following e Pull the CRUISE ON OFF switch the CRUISE indicator light in the instru ment cluster will go off e Turn the ignition off Both of these actions will cancel the cruise control operation If you want to resume the cruise control operation repeat the steps provided in To set cruise control speed on the previous page Dri
286. ressure Monitoring Charging system warning light eee oe TPMS System malfunction indicator 0 Low tire pressure telltale if equipped S ABS warning light Engine coolant temperature warning light Malfunction indicator IHE For more detailed explanations refer to Instrument cluster in section 4 Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 Your vehicle at a glance INTERIOR OVERVIEW 1 Door lock unlock button 65 4 16 2 Outside rearview mirror control SWIA E a a E E E 4 47 3 Central door lock SWitCN 00ee 4 16 4 Power window lock button 4 24 5 Power window switches s0006 4 21 a Pay a Beene era serene sear Mee en leat ore 4 88 7 Instrument panel illumination control KO tee ese renters eee ence 4 49 S ESC OFF bultone see 5 32 22 fe BS Bia Dutton oa Menahem en puniee ey eee eee 5 36 10 Power adjustable pedal contol swith e rere es ence 4 36 11 4WD transfer shift knob 5 19 12 Steering wheel tilt control 4 38 13 Steering wheel ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 37 ATS WIS GUIDO Ke teresa T r E eee 7 43 15 Hood release leVer 0sceceeeeees 4 25 16 Fuel filler lid release lever 4 27 17 Brake pedals n cae ae eee a an 5 27 18 Accelerator pedal ccccecseeeeeeneees 5 9 19 Driver
287. ressure tire with the spare tire Then the TPMS mal function indicator or the Low Tire Pressure telltale may turn on after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle A CAUTION In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recom mended tire inflaton pressure in warm weather It does not mean your TPMS is malfunction ing because the decreased tem perature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a wamn area to a cold area or from a cold area to a warm area or the outside temperature is greatly higher or lower you should check the tire inflaton pressure and adjust the tires to the recommended tre inflation pressure What to do in an emergenc FO60200AHM TPMS Tire Pressure PMs Monitoring System malfunction indicator The TPMS malfunction indicator comes on and stays on when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If the system is able to correctly detect an under inflation warning at the same time as system failure then it will illuminate both the TPMS malfunction and the low tire pressure telltale e g if front left sensor fails the TPMS malfunc tion indicator turns on but if front right rear left or rear right tre is under inflated the low tire pressure telltale may turn on at the
288. results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular surfaces Poor align ment causes faster tire wear and may also result in other problems as well as greater fuel consumption e Keep your vehicle in good condition For better fuel economy and reduced maintenance costs maintain your vehi cle in accordance with the mainte nance schedule in section 7 If you drive your vehicle in severe conditions more frequent maintenance is required see section 7 for details Keep your vehicle clean For maximum service your vehicle should be kept clean and free of corrosive materials It is especially important that mud dirt ice etc not be allowed to accumulate on the underside of the vehicle This extra weight can result in increased fuel consumption and also contribute to corrosion e Travel lightly Don t carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle Weight reduces fuel economy Don t let the engine idle longer than necessary If you are waiting and not in traffic turn off your engine and restart only when you re ready to go aya ae es et el Driving your vehicle e Remember your vehicle does not require extended warnrup After the engine has started allow the engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac ing the vehicle in gear In very cold weather howe
289. rgency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS z OHM068031N 1 TPMS malfunction indicator 2 Low tire pressure telltale FOGOOOOAUN Each tire including the spare if pro vided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehi cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac ard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tres As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tres is Significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tre pres sure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires aS Soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a signifi cantly under inflated tre causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tre failure Under inflaton also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is nota substitute for proper tire mainte nance and itis the drivers responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tre pressure telltale Yo
290. ric chromic mirror ECM if equipped The electric rearview mirror automatical ly controls the glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you in nighttime or low light driving conditions The sensor mounted in the mirror senses the light level around the vehicle and automat cally controls the headlight glare from the vehicles behind you When the engine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse R the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehi cle A CAUTION When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror It may cause the liquid Cleaner to enter the mirror housing a aana Features of your vehicle Indicator lt Sensor OHM048129 Indicator OHM048039 To operate the electric rearview mirror e Press the ON OFF button 1 to turn the automatic dimming function on The mirror indicator light will illuminate Press the ON OFF button to turn the automatic dimming function off The mirror indicator light will turn off e The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is turned D140105AEN EC Electric chromic mirror ECM with compass and HomeLink system if equipped Your vehicle may be equipped with a Gentex
291. ring certain side impact colli sions depending on the crash severity angle speed and point of impact e The curtain air bags do not only deploy on the side of the impact but also on the opposite side e Also the both sides of the curtain air bags deploy in certain rollover situa tions e The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact or rollover situations 4 WARNING e In order for side and curtain air bags to provide the best protec tion front seat occupants and outboard rear occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belts properly fastened Importantly children should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat Continued Continued e When children are seated in the rear outboard seats they must be seated in the proper child restraint system Make sure to position the child restraint sys tem as far away from the door side as possible and secure the Child restraint system in a locked position Do not allow the passengers to lean their heads or bodies onto doors put their arms on the doors stretch their arms out of the window or place objects between the doors and passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and cur tain air bags e Never try to open or repair any components of the side and cur tain air bag system This should only be done by an authorized KIA dealer Failure to follow the above instruc tions can result in inj
292. rning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is unlocked However after pressing this button the tailgate will lock automatically unless you open the tailgate within 30 seconds Also once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate will lock auto matically D020105AHM Alarm 4 The horn sounds and the hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds if this button is pressed for more than 0 5 sec onds To stop the horn and lights press any button on the transmitter Features of your vehicle DO2Z20200AHM EC Transmitter precautions NOTICE The transmitter will not work if any of the following occurs e The ignition key is in the ignition switch e You exceed the operating distance limit about 30 m 90 feet e The battery in the transmitter is weak e Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal e The weather is extremely cold e The transmitter is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the transmitter When the transmitter does not work properly open and close the door with the ignition key If you have a problem with the transmitter contact an author ized KIA dealer A CAUTION Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er vehicle warranty This device complies w
293. roblems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body front doors and or C pillars where side colli sion sensors are installed Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized KIA dealer Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag s in certain collisions Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non gen uine parts may adversely affect your vehicle s collision and air bag deployment performance A 1VQA2084 C040801AHM Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate ina frontal collision depending on the intensi ty speed or angles of impact of the front collision Safety features of your vehicle D i Z e W a f ete F m Side impact and curtain air bags if equipped Side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision Also the side impact and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when a rollover is detected by a rollover sensor Although the front air bags drivers and front passenger s air bags are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions they also may inflate in other types of colli sions if the front impact sensors detect a sufficient impact Side impact and curtain air bags
294. roper ly due to freezing conditions OHM048012L DO7O100AHM EE Opening the tailgate e The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the key transmitter or smart key or central door lock switch e Only the tailgate is unlocked if the tail gate unlock button on the transmitter or smart key is pressed Once the tailgate is opened and then closed the tailgate is locked automatically If unlocked the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle switch and then pulling the handle up A CAUTION Make certain that you close the tail gate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving it will close and lock automatically Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched x NOTICE e You do not have to close the tailgate with excessive strength The tailgate will close and lock automatically if it is pulled down to the first detent e The tailgate may not close and lock automatically even though the tailgate was lowered down to the first detent if you close and open the tailgate repeat edly several times If this happens close the tailgate manually and wait for about 10 seconds to operate nor mally A CAUTION Make sure nothing is near the tail gate latch and striker while closing the tailgate It may damage the tail gate s power latch a ee a ee F
295. roximately 120 cm 47 in e When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest one will be recognized first D170102AUN EU Types of warming sound e When an object is 120 cm to 81 cm 47 in to 32 in from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps intermittently e When an object is 80 cm to 41 cm 31 in to 16 in from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps more frequently e When an object is within 40 cm 15 in of the rear bumper Buzzer sounds continuously D170200AE N EU Non operational conditions of rear parking assist system The rear parking assist system may not operate properly when 1 Moisture is frozen to the sensor It will Operate normally when the moisture has been cleared 2 The sensor is covered with foreign matter such as snow or water or the sensor cover is blocked It will operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no longer blocked 3 Driving on uneven road surfaces unpaved roads gravel bumps gradi ent 4 Objects generating excessive noise vehicle horns loud motorcycle engines or truck air brakes are within range of the sensor 5 Heavy rain or water spray exists 6 Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are within range of the sensor 7 The sensor is covered with snow 8 Trailer towing The detecting range may decrease when 1 The sensor is stained with foreign mat ter such as snow or water The sens ing range will return to normal when r
296. rs the ability to control the air bag inflation with two lev els A first Stage level is provided for mod erate severity impacts A second stage level is provided for more severe impacts The passenger s front air bag is designed to help reduce the injury of children sit ting close to the instrument panel in low speed collisions However children are Safer if they are restraint in the rear seat According to the impact severity and seat belt usage the SRSCM SRS Control Module controls the air bag inflation Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Safety features of your vehicle Additionally your vehicle is equipped with an occupant detection system in the front passenger s seat The occupant detection system detects the presence of a passenger in the front passenger s seat and will turn off the front passenger s air bag under certain conditions For more detail see Occupant detection system in this section ee ee ee Safety features of your vehicle NOTICE Be sure to read information about the SRS on the labels provided on the sun visor Advanced air bags are combined with pre tensioner seat belts to help pro vide enhanced occupant protection in frontal crashes A WARNING Always use seat belts and child restraints every trip every time everyone Air bags inflate with con siderable force and in the blink of an eye Seat belts help keep occu
297. rtist Title Troubleshooting 1 Antenna Error If this message is displayed the anten na or antenna cable is broken or unplugged Please consult with your KIA dealership 2 Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed it means that the antenna is covered and that the SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal is not available Ensure the antenna is uncovered and has a clear view of the sky Features of your vehicle REAR SEAT ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM RSE IF EQUIPPED Important Safety Information Please read the following for safety pre cautions A CAUTION Ignoring the cautions listed within this user manual may lead to acci dents or injury Cautions indicate matters which may lead to vehicle damage or malfunction X NOTICE Information which the user must observe in order to prevent vehicle dam age or malfunction Warnings which must be observed in the case of vehicle malfunction Information which the user must have prior knowledge Information which allows for more con venient operation Closely observe and comply with the fol lowing cautions before using the product All problems which occur in violation of the following will not be the responsibility of the manufacturer For user and passenger safety please read the user manual carefully before using the product 1 Do not disassemble assemble or modify the AVN system 2 Set the volume to a level which allows the driver to be aware of external con
298. rts have a problem the indicator will blink D150318AHM Low fuel level warming light mi This warning light indicates the fuel tank is nearly empty When it comes on you should add fuel as soon as possible Driving with the fuel level warning light on or with the fuel level below E can cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter if equipped D150319AHM Low washer fluid level waming light if equipped This warning light indicates the washer fluid reservoir is nearly empty Refill the washer fluid as soon as possible a eee eet eal Features of your vehicle D150320AHM EU Malfunction indicator MIL check engine light if equipped This indicator light is part of the Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system components If this light illuminates while driving it indi cates that a potential malfunction has been detected somewhere in the emis sion control system This light will also illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON posi tion and will go out in a few seconds after the engine is started If it illuminates while driving or does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position take your vehicle to your near est authorized KIA dealer and have the system checked Generally your vehicle will continue to be drivable but have the system checked by an authorized KIA dealer promptly A CAUTION Prolonged driving
299. ruck and wheel dollies are not used the rear of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the front OHM068018 CAUTION e Do not tow with sling type equip ment Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment e Do not tow the vehicle forward with the rear wheels on the ground as this may cause dam age to the vehicle What to do in an emergenc When towing your vehicle in an emer gency without wheel dollies 1 Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi tion 2 Place the transmission shift lever in N Neutral 3 For part time 4WD vehicle set the transfer shift knob to 2H 4 Release the parking brake N CAUTION Failure to place the transmission shift lever in N Neutral and the transfer shift knob for part time 4VVD operation to 2H may cause internal damage to the transmis sion OHM068013N FO80300AHM EU Emergency towing If towing is necessary we recommend you to have it done by an authorized KIA dealer or a commercial tow truck service If towing service is not available in an emergency your vehicle may be tem porarily towed using a cable or chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front of the vehicle Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle A driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes Towing in this manner may be done only on hard surfaced roads for a short dis tance and at low speeds Also the wheels axles power train steering and brakes must
300. rvals specified in the maintenance schedule GO51500AUN Brake hoses and lines Visually check for proper installation chafing cracks deterioration and any leakage Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately GO51600AHM Brake fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir The level should be between MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification G051700AUN Parking brake Inspect the parking brake system includ ing the parking brake pedal and cables G051900AUN Brake discs pads calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear discs for run out and wear and calipers for fluid leakage GO52000AUN Exhaust pipe and muffier Visually inspect the exhaust pipes muf fler and hangers for cracks deterioration or damage Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary G052100AUN Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque G052200AUN Steering gear box linkage amp boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts G0O52300AEN P
301. rward and upward during a rear impact This helps to prevent the driver s and front passengers heads from moving backward and thus helps minimize neck injuries OHMO038008 CO10105AHM Lumbar support for driver s seat The lumbar support can be adjusted by moving the lever Pivoting the lever increases or decreases lumbar support ap eee es eet al Safety features of your vehicle The temperature setting of the seat is changed as follows ALO cener Pht NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in the ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature C010107AHM Seat warmer if equipped The seat warmers are provided to warm the front seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the driver s seat or the front passenger s seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position A CAUTION e When cleaning the seats do not use an organic solvent such as thinner benzene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats e To prevent overheating the seat warmer do not place blankets cushions or seat covers on the seats while the seat warmer is in operation e Do not place heavy or sharp objects on seats equipped with seat warmers Damage to the seat warming components could
302. ry to stop the vehicle in a hazardous location When you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch Both turn signal lights will blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch again Features of your vehicle LIGHTING D190100AHM Battery saver function e The purpose of this feature is to pre vent the battery from being dis charged The system automatically turns off the exterior lights when the driver removes the ignition key and opens the driver side door e With this feature the parking lights will be turned off automatically if the driver parks on the side of the road at night If necessary to keep the lights on when the ignition key is removed per form the following 1 Open the driver side door 2 Turn the parking lights OFF and ON again using the light switch on the steering column D190200AHM EU Headlight escort function The headlights and taillights remain on for approximately 5 minutes after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC or LOCK position However if the drivers door is opened and closed the headlights and taillights are turned off after 30 seconds The headlights and taillights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmitter or turning off the light s
303. ry to tug the seat for ward Check to see if the anchors hold the seat in place J CAUTION Do not allow the rear seat belt web bing to get scratched or pinched by the child seat latch and LATCH anchor during the installation 4 WARNING If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being seriously injured or killed in a colli sion greatly increases WARNING LATCH lower anchors LATCH lower anchors are only to be used with the left and right rear outboard seating positions Never attempt to attach a LATCH equipped seat in the center seating position You may damage the anchors or the anchors may fail and break in a collision Safety features of your vehicle AIR BAG ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM CO40000AHM 1 Driver s front air bag 2 Driver s knee air bag 3 Passenger s front air bag 4 Side impact air bag 5 Curtain air bag if equipped The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OHM039101N ee oe ee Safety features of your vehicle C040900AHM EU How does the air bag system operate Air bags are activated able to inflate if necessary only when the ignition switch is turned to the ON or START position Air bags inflate instantly in the event of a serious frontal collision or side colli sion if equipped with a side air bag or curtain air bag in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury A
304. s but also helps protect the head and neck in the event of a collision ee ee ee Safety features of your vehicle OHM0O38017 Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 OHM038018N Removal To remove the headrest raise it as far as it can go then press the release button 1 while pulling the headrest up 2 To reinstall the headrest put the head rest poles 3 into the holes while pessing the release button 1 Then adjust it to the appropriate height Safety features of your vehicle OHM038019A g C010304AHM Ammnrest 2nd row seat To use the armrest pull the strap 1 for ward from the seatback Cup holder To use the cup holder push the button 2 Close the cover after use OHM038021 C0O10305AHM Seat warmer 2nd row if equipped The seat warmers are provided to warm the rear seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm the left or right side of the seat During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF state e The seat warmer defaults to the OFF state whenever the ignition switch is turned on NOTICE With the seat warmer switch
305. s more or available However use washer solvent windshield washer fluid Serious less than specified have the parking with antifreeze characteristics in cold cli injury or death could occur brake adjusted by an authorized KIA mates to prevent freezing dealer Stroke 4 notch Maintenance AIR CLEANER G160100AAM EC Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary and should not be washed You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas replace the ele ment more often than the usual recom mended intervals CAUTION e Do not drive with the air cleaner removed this will result in exces sive engine wear e When removing the air cleaner fil ter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result e Use a KIA genuine part Use of non genuine parts could damage the air flow sensor CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER G170100AHM EC Filter inspection If the vehicle is operated in severely air polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier When you replace the climate control air filter replace it performing the following procedure and be careful to avoid dam aging other components pa ae es et eal Maintenance
306. s of miner a a ger nnerenne al based oil such as engine oil in your brake system can damage brake system parts a 718 Maintenance OHMO78006N G090100AHM Checking the power steering fluid level With the vehicle on level ground check the fluid level in the power steering reser voir periodically The fluid should be between MAX and MIN marks on the side of the reservoir at the normal tem perature Before adding power steering fluid thor oughly clean the area around the reser voir cap to prevent power steering fluid contamination If the level is low add fluid to the MAX level NOTICE Check that the fluid level is in the HOT range on the reservoir If the fluid is cold check that it is in the COLD range In the event the power steering system requires frequent addition of fluid the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized KIA dealer J CAUTION e To avoid damage to the power steering pump do not operate the vehicle for prolonged periods with a low power steering fluid level e Never start the engine when the reservoir tank is empty e When adding fluid be careful that dirt does not get into the tank e Too litte fluid can result in increased steering effort and or noise from the power steering system e The use of the non specified fluid could reduce the effectiveness of the power steering system and Cause damage to it Use only the specified power steering fluid Refer to Reco
307. s on after the parking brake is released while the engine is running there may be a mal function in the brake system Immediate attention is necessary If at all possible cease driving the vehi cle immediately If that is not possible use extreme caution while operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can reach a safe loca tion or repair shop W 75 ae es eel Driving your vehicle E070300AHM EC Ant lock brake system ABS The ABS continuously senses the speed of the wheels If the wheels are going to lock the ABS system repeatedly modu lates the hydraulic brake pressure to the wheels When you apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ABS is active In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situa tion do not attempt to modulate your brake pressure and do not try to pump your brakes Press your brake pedal as hard as possible or as hard as the situa tion allows the ABS to control the force being delivered to the brakes Driving your vehicle NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the anti lock brake system is functioning properly e Even with the anti lock br
308. s operating They will self cancel after a turn is completed If the indicator continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn Signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement One touch lane change function To activate an one touch lane change function move the turn signal lever Slightly for less than 0 5 second and then release it The lane change signals will blink 3 times X NOTICE If an indicator flash is abnormally quick or slow a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit Features of your vehicle OHM048071N D190700AHM EU Front fog light if equipped Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility when visibility is poor due to fog rain or snow etc The fog lights will turn on when the fog light switch 1 is turned on after the headlight low beam is turned on To turn off the fog lights turn the fog light switch 1 to the OFF position A CAUTION When in operation the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor D190900AUN EU Daytime running light Daytime Running Lights DRL can make it easier for others to see
309. scans the radio stations upwards e The SCAN feature steps through each Station starting from the initial station for ten seconds e Press the SCAN button again to stop the scan feature and to listen to the currently selected channel 5 Preset Selection Button e Press 1 6 buttons less than 0 8 sec ond to play the station saved in each button e Press 1 6 button more than 0 8 sec ond or longer to save the current station to the respective button with a beep 6 TUNE AUDIO Knob If the knob is turned clockwise counter clockwise the frequency will increase decrease AM 10kHz FM 200kHz E Audio Setup MODE Press and Rotate AUDIO repeatedly to choose the desired mode Each press changes the mode as below Hierarchy 4 AUTO VOLUME CON TROL mode is only selected in the CDP e Hierarchy 1 j a e Hierarchy 2 mj a Features of your vehicle e Hierarchy 3 X For example To Adjusting FADER 7 MUTE Button CDP ONLY SETUP e Press AUDIO to activate SETUP Press MUTE to stop the sound and ie mode then Hierarchy 1 is selected MUTE is displayed on the LCD e Rotate AUDIO Hierarchy 2 is dis played e Press AUDIO to select the FADER control mode e Rotate AUDIO to adjust the FADER level If AUDIO is not pressed rotated for 5 seconds after adjusting the display automatically returns to normal mode zara a oe 8 Ie 2a es tet Another adjusting mode
310. shield defrost the windshield for about 10 minutes or until the snow and or ice is removed before using the windshield wipers to ensure proper operation NOTICE e When you operate the wipers if your vehicle has a problem in any part of the wiper operation system the wiper may operate in the LO mode regard less of the wiper switch position In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible e When the ignition key is removed the wiper blade may sometimes slightly move to reduce the deterioration of the windshield wipers OHM048206 D200200ASA Windshield washers In the OFF position pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the windshield and to run the wipers 1 3 cycles Use this function when the windshield is dirty The spray and wiper operation will con tinue untl you release the lever If the washer does not work check the washer fluid level If the fluid level is not sufficient you will need to add appropri ate non abrasive windshield washer fluid to the washer reservoir The reservoir filler neck is located in the front of the engine compartment on the passenger side a ee ot ee ee Features of your vehicle N CAUTION To prevent possible damage to the washer pump do not operate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty A CAUTION e To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield do not operate the wipers when the
311. shift lever wheel that is diagonally opposite in P Park from the jack position 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er What to do in an emergency J a siar OHM068010 OHMO68011 OHMO068009 6 Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun 7 Place the jack at the front or rear 8 Insert the Jack handle into the jack terclockwise one turn each but do jacking position closest to the tre valve and turn it clockwise Then not remove any nut until the tire you are changing Place the jack insert the jack handle into the has been raised off the ground at the designated locations under pump bracket and raise the vehi the frame cle untl the tire just clears the ground This measurement is approximately 30 mm 1 in Before removing the wheel lug nuts make sure the vehicle is sta ble and that there is no chance for movement or slippage 0 Aaa a et cal What to do in an emergency 10 To install the wheel hold it on the studs put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight J iggle the tire to be Sure itis completely seated then tighten the nuts as much as possible with your fingers again 11 Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the jack valve counter clockwise 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tre line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel
312. sing the DISC key will change the mode in CDC DVDP CDC order 2 When in CDC mode use the 4 direc tion joystick on the REAR panel to move the cursor to the desired track of the Disc and press the select button on the remote control to begin playing x NOTICE If there are no discs already inserted in the CD Changer or the DVD player pressing the DISC key on the remote control will not begin mode operation Features of your vehicle CD Changer mode menu screen con 4 BACK figuration This button will remain inactive if the DISC is not properly playing When in proper playing state pressing this button will dis play the DISC mode of the CD Changer 1 Mode display This displays that the current mode is CDC mode 2 CD Changer info display The operational status of the CDC changer is displayed 3 DISC select button The disc status is displayed Features of your vehicle CD mode Starting CD mode by use of Rear panel 1 Press the MODE button on the REAR panel to display the MODE selection screen 2 If the 4 direction joystick located at the far right side of the REAR panel is moved in any direction the select area will become displayed on the button of the most recently operated mode 3 While in mode selection screen use the 4 direction keys on the REAR panel to move the cursor to CDC DVDP mode and press the joystick key to enter 4 If the CDC mode is selected the DISC selection screen
313. sition 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed D230502AHM Heating 1 Set the mode to the 4 position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on e If the windshield fogs up set the mode to the 3 or WY position Operation Tips e To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the vehicle through the vent lation system temporarily set the air intake control to the recirculated air position Be sure to return the control to the fresh air position when the irrita tion has passed to keep fresh air in the vehicle This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable e Air for the heating cooling system is drawn in through the grilles just ahead of the windshield Care should be taken that these are not blocked by leaves snow ice or other obstructions e To prevent interior fog on the wind Shield set the air intake control to the fresh air position and fan speed to the desired position turn on the air condi tioning system and adjust the temper ature control to desired temperature D230503AHM Air conditioning if equipped All KIA Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly R 134a refrigerant which does
314. ssively reclined leaning on the center console or hips shifted forward in the seat can cause a condition where the advanced frontal air bag system senses less weight than if the Occupant were seated properly siting upright with the seatback in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor This condition can result in an adult potentially being misclassi fied and illumination of the PAS SENGER AIR BAG OFF indica tor Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING If the occupant detection system is not working properly the SRS air bag warming light on the instru ment panel will illuminate because the passenger s front air bag is connected with the occupant detection system If there is a mal function of the occupant detection system the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will not illuminate and the passenger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if there is no occupant in the front passenger s seat If the SRS air bag waming light does not illu minate when the ignition switch is tumed to the ON position remains illuminated after approximately 6 seconds when the ignition switch is tumed to the ON position or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven have an authorized KIA dealer inspect the occupant detection system and the SRS air bag system as soon as possible Driver s front
315. stem may not work normally Have the vehicle checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work In this case have your vehicle checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible D150304AHM EU Seat belt waming fi As a reminder to the driver the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch ON regardless of belt fastening If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned on the seat belt warning light and the seat belt warning chime will operate for approxi mately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will blink till the 6 seconds and the warn ing chime will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is disconnected after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the seat belt warning light will blink for approximately 6 seconds But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds the warning light will turn off immediately If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the vehicle speed exceeds 10 knyh 6 mph the seat belt warning light and chime will Operate approximately 11 times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and 24 seconds off until the belt is fastened or the vehicle speed decreases below 5 knVh 3 mph D150305AHM Tum signal indicator lt
316. system be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield are kept clear of snow ice leaves or other obstructions Driving your vehicle BEFORE DRIVING EO20100AUN Before entering vehicle e Be sure that all windows outside mir ror s and outside lights are clean e Check the condition of the tires e Check under the vehicle for any sign of leaks e Be sure there are no obstacles behind you if you intend to back up EO20200AUN Necessary inspections Fluid levels such as engine oil engine coolant brake fluid and washer fluid should be checked on a regular basis with the exact interval depending on the fluid Further details are provided in sec tion 7 Maintenance E020300BUN Before starting e Close and lock all doors e Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached e Adjust the inside and outside rearview mirrors e Be sure that all lights work Check all gauges e Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position e Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil iar with your vehicle and its equipment A WARNING All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is mov ing Refer to Seat belts in section 3 for more information on their proper use A WARNING Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for
317. t Features of your vehicle DVD language code CODE NATION CODE NATION CODE NATION CODE NATION 0101 Afar 0625 Frisian 1222 Latvian 1912 Slovenian 0102 Abkhazian 0701 Irish 1307 Malagasy 1913 Samoan 0113 Amharic 0712 Gallegan 1311 Macedonian 1915 Somal 0119 Assamese 0721 Gujarati 1314 Mongolian Serbian 0125 Swati 0201 Bashkir 0818 Croatian 1319 Malay 1921 Sundanese 0207 Bulgarian 0825 Armenian 1325 Burmese 1923 Swahili 0208 Bihari 0901 Interlingua 1401 2001 Tamil 0209 Bislama 0905 Interlingue 1405 2005 Telugu 0214 Bengali 0911 Inupiak 1412 2007 Tajik 0218 Breton 0919 Icelandic 1503 Occitan 2009 Tigrinya 0315 Corsican 0923 Hebrew 1518 Oriya 2012 Tagalog 0319 Tswana 0401 Danish 1022 J avanese 1619 Pushto 2018 Turkish 0426 Bhutani 1111 Kazakh 1721 Quechua 2020 Tatar 0512 Twi 0515 Esperanto 1114 Kannada 1815 Romanian 2118 Urdu 0520 Estonian 1119 Kashmiri 1823 Kinyarwan 2209 Vietnamese 0521 Basque 1121 Kurdish 1901 da Sanskrit 2215 Volapuk 0601 Persian 1125 Kirghiz 1904 Sindhi 2315 Wolo 0609 Finnish 1201 Latin 1907 Sangho 2408 Xhosa 0610 Fijian 1214 Lingala 1908 Croation 2515 Yoruba 0615 Faroese 1215 Laotian 1909 Sinhalese 2608 Chinese 0618 French 1220 Lithuanian 1911 Slovak 2621 Zulu Features of your vehicle REAR Monitor Connentor Pin Layout REAR DVD Player Connector Pin Layout DOOOOODOOM EDALI DOGYUOCOGVGYO SOMOS F OOOO OOOO OWJ DDD DADILA DI
318. t be any street lights Driving your vehicle Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver s headlights Keep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles You could be temporarily blinded and it will take several seconds for your eyes to read just to the darkness 1VQA3003 E110500AUN Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make driving dangerous especially if you re not pre pared for the slick pavement Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain e A heavy rainfall will make it harder to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle so slow down e Keep your windshield wiping equip ment in good shape Replace your windshield wiper blades when they show signs of streaking or missing areas on the windshield e If your tires are not in good condition making a quick stop on wet pavement can cause a Skid and possibly lead to an accident Be sure your tires are in good shape e Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly e If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply th
319. t ethanol and 15 per cent gasoline and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible Fuel Vehicles E85 is not compatible with your vehicle Use of E85 may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle s engine and fuel system KIA recommends that customers do not use fuel with an ethanol content exceed ing 10 percent A CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty does not cover damage to the fuel system or any performance prob lems caused by the use of E85 fuel CAUTION Never use gasohol which contains methanol Discontinue use of any gasohol product which impairs dri vability A020104AUN Use of MTBE KIA recommends avoiding fuels contain ing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight in your vehicle Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting CAUTION Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and any performance prob lems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol or fuels containing MTBE Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight A020105AUN Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel system A020106AUN Gasolines for
320. t levels every week Maintenance ee O EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS GO50100AHM Engine oil and filter The engine oil and filter should be changed at the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions more frequent oil and filter changes are required GO50200AUN Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts cracks excessive wear or oil Satu ration and replace if necessary Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and adjusted as neces Sary GO50300AUN Fuel filter cartridge A clogged filter can limit the speed at which the vehicle may be driven damage the emission system and cause multiple issues such as hard Starting If an exces sive amount of foreign matter accumu lates in the fuel tank the filter may require replacement more frequently After installing a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections Fuel filters should be installed by an authorized KIA dealer GO50400AUN EU Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage Have an authorized KIA dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately GO50600AUN Vapor hose and fuel filler cap The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule Make sure that a new vapor hose
321. t position centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on legs com fortably extended and their feet on the floor the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator will turn off and the front pas senger s air bag will be able to inflate if necessary in frontal crashes You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indicator on the center facia panel This system detects the conditions 1 4 in the following table and activates or deactivates the front passenger air bag based on these conditions Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly sitting upright with the seat in an upright position centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfort ably extended feet on the floor and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the air bag and the seat belt e The ODS Occupant Detection System may not function properly if the passenger takes actions which can defeat the detection system These include 1 Failing to sit in an upright position 2 Leaning against the door or center console 3 Sitting towards the sides or the front of the seat 4 Putting legs on the dashboard or rest ing them on other locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat 5 Improperly wearing the seat belt 6 Reclining the seat back Safety features of your vehicle C040301AHM Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection s
322. tact with electri cal electronic components inside the vehicle as this may damage them Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing Use a good quality liquid or paste wax and follow the manufacturer s instructions Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster Removing oil tar and similar materials with a spot remover will usually stip the wax from the finish Be sure to re wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing CAUTION e Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish e Do not use steel wool abrasive Cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the pro tective coating and cause discol Oration or paint deterioration G230103AUN Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired promptly Exposed metal will quickly rust and may develop into a major repair expense NOTICE If your vehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced G230104AUN Bright metal maintenance e To remove road tar and insects use a tar remover not a scraper or other Sharp object To protect the surfaces of bright metal parts fro
323. tay on if the fuel level is low D150302AUN Air bag waming light s ry This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the Supplemental Restraint System SRS is not working properly If the AIR BAG warning light does not come on or con tinuously remains on after operating for about 6 seconds when you turned the ignition switch to the ON position or start ed the engine or if it comes on while driving have the SRS inspected by an authorized KIA dealer D150303AHM EE Ant lock brake system ABS warning light This light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned ON and goes off in approxi mately 3 seconds if the system is operat ing normally If the ABS warning light remains on comes on while driving or does not come on when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position this indicates that the ABS may have malfunctioned If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible The normal braking system will still be operational but without the assis tance of the anti lock brake system a ee es ee cl Features of your vehicle Electronic brake force distribution EBD system warning light g If these two warning lights illuminate at the same time while driving the ABS and EBD system may have malfunctioned In this case your ABS and regular brake sy
324. te that the system is armed If any door or tailgate or engine hood remains open the hazard warning lights will not operate and the theft alarm will not arm If all doors and tailgate and engine hood are closed after the lock button is pressed the hazard warning lights will blink once The system can also be armed or dis armed by locking or unlocking the doors with the key from the front doors howev er the hazard warning lights will not blink using this method Do not arm the system unt all pas sengers have left the vehicle If the system is armed while a passenger s remains in the vehicle the alarm may be activated when the remaining pas senger s leaves the vehicle If any door or tailgate or engine hood is opened within 30 seconds after the system enters the armed stage the system will be disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm a paana ee el Features of your vehicle DO30200AHM EU Theft alarm stage The alarm will be activated if any of the following occurs while the system is armed e A front or rear door is opened without using the transmitter or smart key or ignition key e The tailgate is opened without using the transmitter or smart key or igni tion key e The engine hood is opened The horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will blink continuously for approximately 30 seconds and repeat the horn 3 times unless the system is disarmed To turn off the system unlock the doors wi
325. tem 1 If the Push Power button or the PWR button on the remote control is pressed X NOTICE The 4 direction and ENT keys on the REAR panel and the 4 direction and TAE while the Rear system is operating the ENT keys on the Remote control are cai MEGARON hey OES Or Rear AV system will stop operation and used to conduct the same functions turn off Adjusting the Screen Settings for the RSE REAR System Adjusting the Video Screen Quality 1 Press the DISP button on the REAR 2 If the Push Power button or the PWR button on the remote control is pressed the AV system will turn on and display the most recently operated mode EX Methods of RSE System Operation 1 The Rear system is operated by using the 4 direction and ENTER key on turning on the system will display FM1 radio mode if the last operated mode prior to turning off the system had been FM1 radio the Rear panel 4 dreiction key and ENTER key on the remote control and the Back key Operating the REAR System panel or the Remote Control to display the semi transparent video mode screen setting menu on the screen 1 Press a button on the remote control to display a select area pics 2 If the 4direction key button on the 87 7 mz remote control is pressed the select area will move in the direction of the pressed button Move to the desired direction and gt The a direction keys on the REAR press the select key on the remote pane
326. tering noise near the shift lever may be heard It iS a normal condition OHMO58006N Shift lock override If the shift lever cannot be moved from the P Park or N Neutral position into the R Reverse position even though the brake pedal is depressed continue depressing the brake pedal then do the following 1 Carefully remove the cap covering the shift lock access hole 2 Insert a key or screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the key or screwdriver 3 Move the shift lever 4 Have your vehicle inspected by an authorized KIA dealer immediately ae ee ee el Driving your vehicle E060103AHM Ignition key interlock system The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position If the shift lever is in any other position the key cannot be removed E060200AHM Good driving practices Never move the gear shift lever from P Park or N Neutral to any other posi tion with the accelerator pedal depressed Never move the gear shift lever into P Park when the vehicle is in motion Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into R Reverse or D Drive Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill This may be extremely hazardous Always leave the car in gear when moving Do not ride the brakes This can cause them to overheat and malfunc tion Instead when you are driving down a long hill slow down and shift to a l
327. th the transmitter or smart key or ignition key DO30400AHM EU Disarmed stage The system will be disarmed when Ignition key The door is opened with the ignition key Transmitter The door unlock button is pressed The tailgate unlock button is pressed Smart key The door unlock button is pressed The button of the front outside door is pressed while carrying the smart key The tailgate unlock button is pressed The tailgate is opened while carrying the smart key The door is opened with the mechani cal key After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed NOTICE If you lose your keys consult your authorized KIA dealer DOOR LOCKS OHMO048002L DO50100AHM EU Operating door locks from out side the vehicle e Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock e If you lock the driver s door with a key all vehicle doors will lock automatically e From the drivers door turn the key to the right once to unlock the door and once more within 4 seconds to unlock all doors e Doors can also be locked and unlocked with the transmitter e Once the doors are unlocked they may be opened by pulling the door handle e When closing the door push the d
328. the interactive menu encoded in MPEG1 Version 2 0 Video CD discs Others Digital screen control function The brightness saturation color and contrast of the screen can be easily adjusted Features of your vehicle Name and function of system 1 This switch is used to light up the vehi REAR DVDP DECK parts cle interior in accordance to the open REAR Roof Mount Monitor ing and closing of the door 2 This switch is used to open the REAR monitor 1 This switch is used to eject the DISC 3 This switch is used to constantly light from the REAR DVDP DECK up the vehicle interior regardless of whether the doors are open or closed 2 No message is displayed when operat ing a mode other than the DVDP mode in the REAR system A message stat ing to eject the DISC will be displayed when in DVDP mode 4 A receiver is installed within the Remote Control 5 A device which transmits signals to the infrared wireless headset is installed Features of your vehicle Rear Wireless Headset Rear Panel POWER OFRRRRERRs ENTER PUSH 9 Tororo o o VOLUME A CAUTION The power button and volume are positioned at the left side of the headset Wearing the headset with the left and right side reversed may reduce sound quality and recep tion Check to see that the headsets are properly wom 1 This is used to turn the power on off 2 This is used to make volume adjust ments 1 The MODE operatin
329. the foot pedals possibly Causing an accident Do not place anything under the front seats WARNING Uprighting seat When you retum the seatback to its upright position hold the seatback and retum it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is retumed without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback WARNING Driver respon sibility for passengers Riding in a vehicle with the seat back reclined could lead to serious or fatal injury in an accident If a seat is reclined during an accident the occupants hips may slide under the lap portion of the seat belt applying great force to the unprotected abdomen Serious or fatal internal injuries could result The driver must advise the passen ger to keep the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehi cle is in motion 4 WARNING Drivers seat e Never attempt to adjust the seat while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident causing death serious injury or property dam age Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of the seatback Storing items againsta seatback or in any other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could result in serious or fatal injury in a sudden stop or collision e Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap por tion of t
330. the front of your vehicle during the day DRL can be help ful in many different driving conditions and itis especially helpful after dawn and before sunset The DRL system will make the head lights turn OFF when 1 The headlight switch is ON 2 The parking brake is applied 3 Engine stops a ee a Features of your vehicle WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper washer Rear window wiper washer A Wiper speed Contos if equipped MIST Single wipe OFF Off INT Intermittent wipe LO Low wiper speed HI High wiper speed B Intermittent wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes D Rear wiper washer control J Spraying washer fluid ON Intermittent wipe after some OHM048200 0HM048203 normal wipe D200000AHM EE OFF Off AD Wash with brief wipes Features of your vehicle OHM048201 D200100AHM Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON MIST Fora single wiping cycle push the lever upward and release it with the lever in the OFF position The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is pushed upward and held OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the Same wiping intervals Use this mode in a light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the wind
331. the middle position OHM048033N D310000AHM EE You may adjust the position of the accel erator and brake pedals by pressing the switch The position of the pedals can be adjust ed in any position of the ignition switch But the transmission shift lever must be in the P Park position when the ignition switch is in the ON position e If you press the N portion of the switch the pedals will move toward the driver e If you press the portion of the switch the pedals will move away from the driver POWER ADJ USTABLE PEDALS I F EQUIPPED D310100AHM Setting the adjustable pedal posi tion 1 Be sure the parking brake is engaged 2 Move the accelerator and brake ped als to the front most position by press ing the WV portion of the switch 3 Adjust the seat position and the steer ing wheel angle properly 4 Move the pedals toward you until you can fully depress the brake pedal by pushing the portion of the switch 5 Depress the pedals a few times to get used to the pedals after the adjustment Features of your vehicle STEERING WHEEL D130100AHM EU Power steering Power steering uses energy from the engine to assist you in steering the vehi cle If the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative the vehicle may still be steered but it will require increased steering effort Should you notice any change in the effort required to steer during normal vehicle operati
332. thentication may not be recog nizable Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in con tact with human body or any object If you repeat connecting or dis connecting USB device in a short period of time it may break the device You might hear a strange noise when connecting or disconnect ing USB device Continued USB device during playback in USB mode the external USB device can be damaged or mal function Therefore connect the extemal USB device when the engine is tumed off or in another mode Depending on the type and Capacity of the external USB device or the type of files stored in the device there is a difference in the tme taken for recognition of the device so you may have to wait Do not use the USB device for other purposes than playing music files Use of USB accessories such as recharger or heater using USB I F IMPLEMENTERS FORUM may lower the performance or cause trouble Continued Features of your vehicle Continued e If you use devices such as a USB hub you purchased separately the vehicle s audio system may not recognize the USB device Connect the USB device directly to the multimedia terminal of the vehicle e If the USB device is divided by logical drives only the music files on the highest pnonty drive are recognized by the vehicle s audio e Devices such as MP3 Player Cellular phone Digital camera those are not recognizable by standard USB VF IMPLE MENTER
333. they would get hot and no longer operate efficiently On a long uphill grade shift down and reduce your speed to around 70 knh 45 mph to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes and you have an automatic transmission you should drive in D Drive when tow ing a trailer Operating your vehicle in D Drive when towing a trailer will minimize heat build up and extend the life of your transmission ee oe E Driving your vehicle CAUTION e When towing a trailer on steep grades in excess of 6 pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not over heat If the needle of the coolant temperature gauge Moves across the dial towards H HOT pull over and stop as soon as itis safe to do so and allow the engine to idle until it cools dovwm You may proceed once the engine has cooled sufficiently e You must decide the driving speed depending on trailer weight and uphill grade to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission overheating E140407BHM Parking on hills Generally if you have a trailer attached to your vehicle you should not park your vehicle on a hill People can be seriously or fatally injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged if unex pectedly roll down the hill However if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill her
334. thin the current Category Features of your vehicle 9 Channel name Channel name display The NUMBER and Channel name of the current channel are displayed 10 CATEGORY display The name of the current category is dis played 11 SONG TITLE display The tite and broadcast tite of the current song are displayed Methods of Frequency selection Selecting a station through Preset This function allows station previously saved to be selected for broadcast 1 After selecting one of the SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 SIRIUS3 modes move the select area to the preset button stored with the broadcast station desired for listening and press ENTER SIRIUSA 1 02 THE SPECTRUM JAZZ amp POP THE CARPAL TUNNEL OF LOVE x NOTICE The stations possible for preset are 6 channels each for SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3 Selecting a station through Channel search 1 After selecting one of the SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 SIRIUS3 modes press the Channel Search button on the Remote Control to increase or decrease the station in 1 step increments Use the Channel Search button to select the station desired for broadcast 2 Press the SEEK UP DOWN button on the Remote Control to automatical ly increase or decrease the station Storing a broadcast channel to a Preset button Storing Manually 1 To store the current station use the 4 direction key on the REAR panel or the Remote Control to display the cursor and move it to the PRESET butto
335. tire inflation pressure matches the recommended pressure on the tre and loading information label no further adjust ment is necessary If the pressure is low add air untl you reach the rec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture G200400AUN Tire rotation To equalize tread wear it is recom mended that the tires be rotated every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation check the tres for correct balance When rotating tires check for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by incorrect tire pres Sure improper wheel alignment out off balance wheels severe braking or severe cornering Look for bumps or bulges in the tread or side of tre Replace the tire if you find either of these conditions Replace the tre if fabric or cord is visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Maintenance Without a spare tire S2BLA790A Directional tires if equipped S E a E363 CBGQO0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated NOTICE Rotate radial tires that have
336. to a single vehicle If you lose a smart key you should immedi ately take the vehicle and key to your authorized KIA dealer to protect it from potential theft e The smart Key will not work if any of the following occurs The smart key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the smart Key The smart key is near a mobile two way radio system or a cellular phone Another vehicle s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle When the smart key does not work properly open and close the door with the mechanical key If you have a problem with the smart key contact an authorized KIA dealer A CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to exposure to water or liquids it will not be covered by your manufactur er s vehicle warranty This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS 210 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Features of your vehicle OHMO048004 D040400AHM Restrictions in handling keys When leaving keys with parking lot and valet attendants the following proce dures will ensure that your vehicle s glove box compartment can not be Opened in you
337. to defrost and defog the To turn off the defroster press the rear front windshield refer to Windshield window defroster button again defrosting and defogging in this sec tion a a ee ai a D220101AEN EES A e ee e a Outside rearview mirror defroster a ced Gen lac cal Ga if equipped If your vehicle is equipped with the out side rearview mirror defrosters they will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defroster ole ET PF OHM048085 D220100AEN Rear window defroster The defroster heats the window to remove frost fog and thin ice from the rear window while the engine is running Features of your vehicle E Type A The front windshield deicer automatically turns off after 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the deicer press the front windshield deicer button again E Type B OHM048087 D220200AHM Front windshield deicer if equipped The engine must be running to enable this feature To activate the front wind shield deicer press the front windshield deicer button The indicator on the button illuminates when the deicer is ON J Features of your vehicle MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED E Type A e Front climate control Fan speed control switch Recirculated air position button Air conditioning button Mode selection knob Front windshield deicer button Rear window defroster button OS Rear fan speed con
338. to the RADIO mode F M1 F M2 AM Switches to SIRIUS mode Switches to Auxiliary device USB iPod AUX1 AU X2 mode Switches to the CDC DVDP mode This displays the menu buttons for the mode currently operating on the REAR system Used to return to the previous screen When moving to the parent menu from the child menu menu which is one level lower there will be no oper ation within the main menu screen or other screens 9 Used to move the select area upwards 10 Used to move the select area left wards 11 Used to move the select area right wards 12 Used to move the selected area downwards 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Used to select the button within the selected area Used to operate the SEEK or TRACK selection function in accordance to the currently playing AV mode Used to operate the TUNE or FF REW functions for the current AV mode Used to make screen settings for the mode currently operating on the Rear system Used to pause or replay the current file on the Rear system The play pause function will not operate in the REAR system during CDC mode Used to mute the REAR speaker The rear speakers can be muted when lis tening through the rear headsets Used to set the DVD menu Used to change the DVD AUDIO lan guage Used to change the DVD SUBTITLE Features of your vehicle Operating the Rear RSE System Turning Off the Sys
339. tongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop to the road if it becomes separated from the hitch Instructions about safety chains may be provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer Follow the man ufacturer s recommendation for attaching Safety chains Always leave just enough Slack so you can turn with your trailer And never allow safety chains to drag on the ground E140300AUN EU Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed and operating correctly If your trailer weighs more than the max imum trailer weight without trailer brakes loaded then it needs its own brakes and they must be adequate Be sure to read and follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you ll be able to install adjust and maintain them properly e Don t tap into your vehicle s brake sys tem aaa ee el Driving your vehicle E140400ASA Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you must get to know your trailer Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your vehicle is by itself Before you start check the trailer hitch and platform safety chains e
340. tor may be damaged e Do not attempt to adjust the out side rearview mirror by hand Doing so may damage the parts ro SZ OHMO048040N D140201AHM EE Remote control The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside rearview mirrors To adjust the position of either mirror the ignition switch should be in the ACC posi tion Push the switch 1 to R or L to select the right side mirror or the left side mirror then press a corresponding point on the mirror adjustment control to posi tion the selected mirror up down left or right After the adjustment put the switch into the neutral center position to prevent inadvertent adjustment a ia OHM048220N D140202AHM EU Folding the outside rearview mirror To fold the outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of the mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle J Features of your vehicle INSTRUMENT CLUSTER E Type A 1 Tachometer 2 Turn signal indicators 3 Speedometer 4 Engine temperature gauge 5 Warning and indicator lights 6 Shift position indicator 7 Odometer 8 Trip Computer 9 Fuel gauge 10 LCD display nn 120 san if equipped 100 in 60 es GS j D S P 180 X y The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ x1000rpm T a 200 a T from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages 220 wao L OHM048042C OHM048043C Features
341. trol switch controlled from the front 8 Front blower ON OFF button 9 Temperature control button e Rear climate control 10 Rear blower ON OFF button controlled from the front 11 Rear temperature control switch 12 Rear mode selection button 13 Rear blower ON OFF button 14 Rear fan speed control switch if equipped Lr mm UOUUU Mec ooon OHM048088L OHM048101 D230000AHM Features of your vehicle E Type B Fan speed control switch Front blower ON OFF button Mode selection knob Air conditioning button Temperature control switch Air intake control button Rear window defroster button NOU BWHN E Type C Fan speed control switch Front blower ON OFF button Mode selecton knob Air conditioning button Temperature control switch Recirculated air positon button Outside fresh air positon button Front windshield deicer button O ON A UBWN PB Rear window defroster button OHM048234L OHM048088 J Features of your vehicle D230100AEN Heating and air conditioning 1 Start the engine 2 Set the mode to the desired position For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling Heating Naf Cooling ee 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air Conditioning is desired turn the air conditio
342. ts e A Rear air blows from the lower vents OHM048114 E 2nd row OHM048113 D240301AHM Rear mode selection The rear mode is selected by pressing the rear mode selection button on the rear control panel as follows OHM048210 OHM048115 Features of your vehicle OHM048116 Rear vents The vent can be adjusted by rotating the blade NOTICE If all the vents are closed it may cause some noise Always have more than 2 vents opened OHM048117 D240302AHM Rear temperature control To change the air temperature in the rear passenger compartment pull up A the switch for warm and hot air H or push down V the switch for cooler air C D240303AHM Rear fan speed control To change the fan speed pull up A the switch for higher speed or push down V the switch for lower speed To turn the fan speed control off press the rear blower ON OFF button indica tor light is not illuminated D240500AHM N ZA x For information on Climate control air filter etc refer to Manual climate control system in this section Features of your vehicle WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING D250000AHM e For maximum defrosting set the tem perature control to the extreme right hot positon and the fan speed control to the highest speed e If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging set the mode to the floor defrost position e Before
343. tters to operate devices such as gate operators garage door openers entry door locks security sys tems even home lighting Both standard and rolling code equipped transmitters can be programmed by following the out lined procedures Additional HomeLink information can be found at www home link com or by calling 1 800 355 3515 A CAUTION Before programming HomeLink to a garage door opener or gate oper ator make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage Do not use HomeLink with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manu factured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of seri ous injury or death Retain the original transmitter of the RF device you are programming for use in other vehicles as well as for future HomeLink programming It is also sug gested that upon the sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes Programming HomeLink X NOTICE e When programming a garage door opener it is advised to park the vehi cle outside of the garage e It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the han
344. tton 12 Air intake control button or recirculated air position button 13 Rear blower ON OFF button eR limate control if ipped controlled from the front or ae a Dap outside fresh air positon button 14 Passenger s temperature control switch 15 Rear fan speed control switch Ce a a aa ea controlled from the front Ay 16 Rear temperature control switch m 17 Rear mode selection button wZEMP J 18 Rear blower ON OFF button v 19 Rear fan speed control switch PNY II if equipped OHM048100 OHM048101 D240000AHM 4 97 Features of your vehicle E Type B Front climate control A C display Front fan speed control switch Driver s temperature control switch AUTO automatic control button Front blower OFF button Air conditioning button Front windshield defroster button Dual temperature control selection button Mode selection button 10 Outside fresh air position button 11 Rear window defroster button 12 Recirculated air position button 13 Rear blower ON OFF button controlled from the front 14 Passenger s temperature control switch 15 Rear fan speed control switch controlled from the front O ONO UU BWN PB Vel lel ett lejm jets gt gt a e Rear climate control if equipped 16 Rear temperature control switch 17 Rear mode selection button 18 Rear b
345. ture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery contact an authorized KIA dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunc tion Be sure to use the correct battery To avoid damaging the transmit ter don t drop itt get it wet or expose it to heat or sunlight e An inappropriately disposed bat tery can be hamnful to the envi ronment and human health Dispose the battery according to your local law s or regulation Features of your vehicle THEFT ALARM SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED Armed a i Theft alarm stage Disarmed stage DO30000AEN This system is designed to provide pro tection from unauthorized entry into the vehicle This system is operated in three stages the first is the Armed stage the second is the Theftalarm stage and the third is the Disarmed stage If trig gered the system provides an audible alarm with blinking of the hazard warning lights DO30100AHM EU Armed stage Park the vehicle and stop the engine Arm the system as described below 1 Remove the ignition key from the igni tion switch and exit the vehicle 2 Make sure that all doors and tailgate and engine hood are closed and latched 3 Lock the doors using the transmitter of the keyless entry system or smart key After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink for smart key the chime also sounds once to indi ca
346. u cannot start the engine without the lime home procedure To start the engine you have to input your password by using the ignition switch The following procedure is how to input your password of 2345 as an example 1 Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion The immobilizer indicator gi will blink 5 times and go off indicating the beginning of the limp home proce dure 2 Turn the ignition switch to the ACC position 3 To enter the first digit in this example 2 turn the ignition switch to the ON and ACC position twice Perform the Same procedure for the next digits between 3 seconds and 10 seconds for example for 3 turn the ignition ON and ACC 3 times 4 If all of the digits have been input suc cessfully you have to start the engine within 30 seconds If you attempt to start the engine after 30 seconds the engine will not start and you will have to input your password again After performing the limp home proce dure you have to see an authorized KIA dealer immediately to inspect and repair your ignition key or immobilizer system Features of your vehicle SMART KEY IF EQUIPPED OHMO0O48001 DO40000AHM With a smart key you can lock or unlock a door and tailgate and even start the engine without inserting the key The functions of the buttons on a smart key are similar to the remote keyless entry Refer to the Remote keyless entry in this section DO401
347. uel level If you run out of gasoline it could cause the engine to misfire and result in excessive loading of the catalytic converter Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle Additionally such actions could void your warranties see epee cecal Dimensions 8 2 Bulb wattage 8 2 Tires and wheels 8 3 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 4 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 6 Vehicle certification label 8 6 Tire specification and pressure label 8 7 Engine number 8 7 Specifications amp Consumer information 8 Specifications amp Consumer information DIMENSIONS IOLOOOOAHM EU ee Overall length Overall width Overall height Front tread Rear tread Wheelbase x with trailer hitch 2 with roof rack BULB WATTAGE I1030000AHM E U Light Bulb Headlights Low Headlights High Front turn signal lights Position light Side repeater lights Front side marker lights Front fog lights Stop and tail lights Tail light Rear turn signal lights Back up lights Rear side marker lights High mounted stop light License plate lights Map lamps Room lamps Luggage lamp Glove box lamp Vanity mirror lamps Door courtesy lamps If equipped Specifications amp Consumer information TIRES AND WHEELS IOZ0000AHM EU Cold tire inflation pressure kPa psi Wheel lug nut Wheel size Normal spe
348. ug from the AC inverter after the outlet LED and indicator will using the accessory Using when blink and will automatically tum off the engine is not running or leav ing the accessory plugged in fora long time may cause the battery to discharge e Do not use electric accessories or eguipment with maximum elec tic power consumption greater than 150W 115VAC Continued Features of your vehicle D280600AEN Digital clock Whenever the battery terminals or relat ed fuses are disconnected you must reset the time When the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON positon the clock buttons operate as follows Ot 0n GO LILI CIL RO T OHM048136 D280601AHM Hour 1 Pressing the H button will advance the time displayed by one hour D280602AHM Minute 2 Pressing the M button will advance the time displayed by one minute D280603AHM Reset 3 To clear away minutes press the R but ton Then the clock will be set precisely on the hour For example if the R button is pressed while the time is between 9 01 and 9 29 the display will reset to 9 00 9 01 9 29 display changed to 9 00 9 30 9 59 display changed to 10 00 D280604AHM Display conversion To change the 12 hour format to the 24 hour format press the R button until the display blinks For example if the R button is pressed while the time is 10 15 p m the display will change to 22 15 E Type B OHM048139 D281200AHM EU
349. umbers Each tittle is sub divided into smaller units called chapters and each chapter can be recognized by the chapter number The tite number and chapter number of the current DVD ttle is displayed on the upper side of the DVD operation menu screen DVD region code The DVD player and DVD discs are set with region codes and can be played in accordance to the sales region If a disc besides Region Code 1 United States American region Canada or All region disc is inserted then a Region Code Error screen will be displayed and disc play will not be supported Color TV support This device supports the NTSC color tel evision system Other systems beside NTSC are not supported DVD mode menu screen configura tion es aes DVDP bvo Q ge Arias arc Su mea Je SD KEY 05 nO aN OL ADB cae O senei ao ae taa 1 Mode display This displays that the current mode is DVD mode of the DVD Player 2 FAST FORWARD button The current tte can be fast forwarded Continue to press the button until the desired chapter has been reached 3 FAST REWIND button The current titte can be rewinded Continue to press the button until the desired chapter has been reached 4 CHAPTER DOWN button Moves to the previous chapter 5 CHAPTER UP button Moves to the next chapter Se SS T Features of your vehicle 6 PLAY PAUSE button Pauses or replays the DVD 7 SEARCH button The desired t
350. uminated after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven please have an authorized KIA dealer inspect the pre tensioner seat belt and SRS air bag system as soon as possible Safety features of your vehicle C020300AUN EU Seat belt precautions C020306AUN Infant or small child You should be aware of the specific requirements in your country Child and or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat For more information about the use of these restraints refer to Child restraint sys tem in this section Continued e Improper handling of the pre ten sioner seat belt assemblies and failure to heed the wamings not to strike modify inspect replace service or repair the pre tension WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop er seat belt assemblies may lead to improper operation or inadver tent activation and serious injury Always wear the seat belts when driving or riding in a motor vehi cle Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle Properly wom seat belts greatly reduce these hazards Even with advanced air bags unbelted occupants can be sev
351. up without depressing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it Should be started without depressing the accelerator Driving your vehicle Continued e When the stop lamp fuse is blown you can t start the engine normally Replace the fuse with a new one If it is not possible you can start the engine by pressing the ENGINE START STOP button for 10 seconds while it is in the ACC position The engine can start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine A CAUTION Do not press the ENGINE START NOTICE e If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work correctly you can start the engine by inserting the smart key in the smart key holder When you pull out the smart key from the smart key holder press the smart key and pull it out Continued STOP button for more than 10 sec onds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown pa ee es ee rl Driving your vehicle AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION EOQ601O00AHM EU Automatic transmission operation The automatic transmission has 5 or 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed The individual speeds are selected auto matically depending on the position of the shift lever X NOTICE The first few shifts on a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a
352. ur vehicle e Do not race the engine e While driving keep your engine speed rom or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm e Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time either fast or slow Varying engine speed is needed to properly break in the engine Avoid hard stops except in emergen cies to allow the brakes to seat prop erly Don t let the engine idle longer than 3 minutes at one time e Don t tow a trailer during the first 2 000 km 1 200 miles of operation ee oe R Introduction INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AO50000AHM EU oa Air bag warning light Door ajar warning light X ESC indicator 41 gt Door open position indi ESC OFF indicator egies Cruise indicator cator om 7 HE NN 44 D OOGO Parking brake amp Brake fluid warning light Engine oil pressure warning light DBC indicator a D Tailgate open warning light Saal Cruise SET indicator Seat belt warning light HH a High beam indicator 4WD system warning light Immobilizer indicator PI SEN 5 4WD LOW indicator Low fuel level warning light o2 Light on indicator s a 4WD ae Too i Turn signal indicator HI AWD HI indicator ht vy Shift pattern indicator Ci XD t Low windshield washer fluid Front fog light indicator level warning light N Sii KEY nhik Key out warning light l TPMS Tire P
353. ur vehicle at a glance ENGINE COMPARTMENT E 3 8L 1 Engine coolant reservolr 0006 7 15 2 Engine oil filler cap cccceeeeeee eee 7 14 3 Brake fluid reSErvollr cccccceceeeeees 7 18 A AMHOCIGAMON cccrcus eGo usr R een een ee 7 21 Dr FUSE DOXsencererseacat sameeren A E an eres 7 44 E 4 6L 6 Negative battery terminal 4 7 25 7 Positive battery terminal 00 7 25 SHR adlatoe Cass eee ee tee 7 17 9 Engine OlleCipSsucks acc sete ae eee 7 14 10 Power steering fluid reservoir 7 19 11 Windshield washer fluid reservi eesin 7 20 The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration OHMO18005N OHM018004N BO30000AE N E U Seats 3 2 Seat belts 3 17 Child restraint system 3 29 Air bag advanced supplemental restraint system 3 37 Safety features of your vehicle K Safety features of your vehicle SEATS Front seat 1 Forward and backward 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height Drivers seat 4 Lumbar support Driver s seat 5 Seat warmer 6 Headrest 2nd row seat 7 Forward and backward 8 Seatback angle and folding 9 Walk in seat 10 Headrest 11 Armrest 12 Seat warmer 3rd row seat 13 Seatback folding 14 Headrest if equipped Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the drivers foot area could interfere with the opera tion of
354. ur vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not Operating properly The TPMS mal function indicator is provided by a separate telltale which displays the symbol TPMS when illuminated When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pres sure as intended TPMS malfunc tions may occur for a variety of rea sons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function proper ly 0 ae pe Se eel What to do in an emergenc FO601O00AHM i Low tire pressure tell tale A When the tire pressure monitoring system warning telltale is illuminat ed one or more of your tires is Sig nificantly under inflated Immediately reduce your speed avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances You Should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Inflate the tires to the proper pressure as indicated on the vehicle s placard or tire inflation pressure label located on the driver s side center pillar outer panel If you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low p
355. ure can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corrosion Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry Use particular care if you carry fertilizers cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried ee ee Maintenance i Interior care G230201AHM Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per fume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration If they do con tact the dashboard wipe them off imme diately See the instructions for the prop er way to clean vinyl CAUTION Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electrical electronic components inside the vehicle as this may dam age them G230202AUN Cleaning the upholstery and interior tim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean with a mild soap solution recom mended for upholstery or carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner If fresh spots do not receive immediate attention the fabric can be stained and its color can be affected Also its fire resistant properties can be reduced if the material is
356. urrent fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine When the remaining distance is below 30 km 50 miles will be displayed and the dis tance to empty indicator will blink The meter s working range is from 30 to 990 km 50 to 990 miles E Type B OHM048057C Average speed if equipped This mode calculates the average speed of the vehicle since the last average speed reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the average speed keeps going while the engine is running Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the average speed is being displayed clears the average speed to zero E Type B OHM048058N Driving time if equipped This mode indicates the total time trav eled since the last driving tme reset Even if the vehicle is not in motion the driving time keeps going while the engine iS running The meters working range 0 00 99 59 Pressing the RESET button for more than 1 second when the driving time is being displayed clears the driving time to zero 0 00 is from a a es aaa al Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type A E Type B OHM048236C Average fuel consumption if equipped This mode calculates the average fuel consumption from the total fuel used and the distance since the last average con sumption reset The total fuel used is cal culated from the fuel consumption input For an accurate calculation drive more th
357. ury or death to the vehicle occupants in an acci dent Safety features of your vehicle C040800AHM Why didn t my air bag go off in a collision Inflation and non infla ton conditons of the air bag There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts In other words just because your vehicle is damaged and even if it is totally unusable don t be surprised that the air bags did not inflate OHM038037L OHMO038038N OHM038039 0 HM038040 OHM038041 Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 3 Side impact sensor if equipped Rollover sensor if equipped 4 Side impact sensor if equipped 2 Front impact sensor ee ee ee Safety features of your vehicle A WARNING Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed This may cause unexpected air bag deployment which could result in serious personal injury or death If the installation location or angle of the sensors is altered in any way the air bags may deploy when they should not or they may not deploy when they should Causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors Have the vehicle checked and repaired by an authorized KIA dealer Continued Continued e P
358. us Indicator LED If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the Home Link button is pressed and released 6 TO program the remaining two HomeLink buttons follow steps 2 through 5 Rolling code programming Rolling code devices which are code protected and manufactured after 1996 may be determined by the following e Reference the device owner s manual for verification The handheld transmitter appears to program the HomeLink Universal Transceiver but does not activate the device Press and hold the trained HomeLink button The device has the rolling code feature if the indicator light flashes rap idly and then turns solid after 2 sec onds To train rolling code devices follow these instructions 1 At the garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or Smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door Opener brand If there is difficulty locating the training button reference the device owner s manual or please visit our Web site at www homelink com 2 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button which activates the training light NOTICE There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step 3 3 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for two seconds and then releas
359. ust always maintain recommended tre inflaton pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle A CAUTION e Undeninflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tre pres sures at the proper levels If a b A a tre frequently needs refilling ee have it checked by an author s ized KIA dealer e Overinflation produces a G200200AUN EU Recommended cold tire inflation aa OHMO88005N pressures 7 harsh ride excessive wear at All tire pressures including the All specifications sizes and pres ret I hould be checked when th sures can be found on a label thec arino iie jand spare should be checked when the a greater possibility of dam tires are cold Cold Tires means the attached to the drivers side center vehicle has not been driven for at Pillar least three hours or driven less than 1 6 km one mile Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride vehicle handling and minimum tire wear age from road hazards For recommended inflaton pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 A CAUTION e Warm tres normally exceed recommended cold tire pres sures by 28 to 41 kPa 4 to 6 psi Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pres sure or the tires will be under inflated e Be sure to reinstall the tre inflation valve caps
360. utton to increase or decrease the station in 1 step increments FM 0 1MHz AM 9kHz Use the TUNE button to select the broadcast station desired for lis tening 2 In addition each time the TUNE UP DOWN button on the remote control is pressed the station will increase or decrease Stoning station a preset button Storing Manually 1 To store the current station use the 4 direction key on the REAR panel or the Remote Control to display the select area and move it to the PRESET but ton desired for storing 2 After positioning the select area to the PRESET button desired for storing press the select key on the J OYSTICK of the REAR panel or the select key on the Remote Control for over 0 8 sec onds to store the current station 107 9 wuz NOTICE The SCAN function which automatical ly searches for broadcast stations with superior reception is only supported by the FRONT system Using the SCAN function through the FRONT system will apply the same settings in the REAR system Features of your vehicle SIRIUS satellite radio mode Starting SIRIUS mode by use of Rear panel 1 Press the MODE button on the REAR panel to display a screen allowing the 6 modes of FM AM SIRIUS CDC AUX DVDP to be selected 2 While in mode selection screen use the 4 direction keys on the REAR panel to move the cursor to SIRLUS mode and press the joystick key to enter SIRIUS mode 3 The selected SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 SI
361. ve after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Control System is functioning properly Driving your vehicle EO70501AUN EU When operating EO70502AUN EU ESC operation When the ESC is in operation ESC operation off ESC ON condition ESC ESC indicator light blinks ESC OFF state eWhen the ignition is turned e When the Electronic Stability eTo cancel ESC operation ON ESC and ESC OFF indi Control is operating properly ESC press the ESC OFF button cator lights illuminate for you can feel a slight pulsation OFF ESC OFF indicator light illu approximately 3 seconds in the vehicle This is only the minates then ESC is turned on effect of brake control and elf the ignition switch is turned Press the ESC OFF button indicates nothing unusual to LOCK position when ESC for at least half a second after e When moving out of the mud is off ESC remains off Upon turning the ignition ON to turn or slippery road pressing the restarting the engine the ESC off ESC OFF indicator accelerator pedal may not ESC will automatically turn will illuminate To turn the cause the engine rpm revo on again ESC on press the ESC OFF lutions per minute to button ESC OFF indicator increase light will go off eWhen starting the engine you may hear a slight ticking sound This is the ESC per forming an automatic system self check and does not indi cate a problem ee oe ee Driving your vehi
362. ver give your engine a Slightly longer warnr up period Don t lug or over rev the engine Lugging is driving too slowly in a very high gear resulting in engine bucking If this happens shift to a lower gear Over revving is racing the engine beyond its safe limit This can be avoid ed by shifting at the recommended speed Use your air conditioning sparingly The air conditioning system is operat ed by engine power so your fuel econ omy is reduced when you use it Open windows at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore have an authorized KIA dealer perform scheduled inspections and maintenance Driving your vehicle SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS Ee e When braking with non ABS brakes E110200BHM EU pump the brake pedal with a light up Rocking the vehicle and down motion until the vehicle is stopped If itis necessary to rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud first turn the steering wheel right and left to clear the area around your driving wheels Then shift back and forth between R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transmission Do not race the engine and spin the Be slices a iit Snail e If stalled in snow mud or sand use wheels as
363. ving your vehicle ECONOMICAL OPERATION E100000AHM EC Your vehicle s fuel economy depends mainly on your style of driving where you drive and when you drive Each of these factors affects how many kilometers miles you can get from a liter gallon of fuel To operate your vehicle as economically as possible use the fol lowing driving suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs e Drive smoothly Accelerate at a moder ate rate Don t make jack rabbit starts or full throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed Don t race between stoplights Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don t have to change speeds unnecessarily Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnec essary braking This also reduces brake wear e Drive at a moderate speed The faster you drive the more fuel your vehicle uses Driving at a moderate speed especially on the highway is one of the most effective ways to reduce fuel con sumption e Don t ride the brake pedal This can increase fuel consumption and also increase wear on these components In addition driving with your foot rest ing on the brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences e Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too litte
364. w tires have better snow traction than all season tres and may be more appropriate in some areas Summer tires KIA specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior perform ance on dry roads Summer tire per formance is substantally reduced in Snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire tracton rating M S Mud and Snow on the tire side wall if you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions KIA recom mends the use of snow tires or all season tres on all four wheels Snow tires If you equip your car with snow tires they should be the same size and have the same load capacity as the original tres Snow tires should be installed on all four wheels other wise poor handling may result Snow tires should carry 28 kPa 4 psi more air pressure than the pres sure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver s side of the center pillar or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire sidewall whichever is less Do not drive faster than 120 knVh 75 mph when your vehicle is equipped with snow tres Radial ply tires Radial ply tires provide improved tread life road hazard resistance and smoother high speed ride The radi al ply tres used on this vehicle are of belted construction and are selected to complement the ride and handling Characteristics of your vehicle Radial ply tres have the same load Carrying capacity as bias ply or bias belted tires of the same size and
365. will display the set menus ently in accordance to the manufactur of the previous or next page ing conditions on the Video CD version 2 0 disc 4 The selected menu will be applied 1 Select the PBC button on the VCD X NOTICE operation screen while playing The PBC will return to OFF state if a different DISC is inserted the power or 2 If the PBC ON is displayed at the top ignition is turned ON OFF while in PBC side of the info display window the ON state ENTER button will change to the MENU button Select the MENU but ton 3 After the menu screen is displayed select the desired number between the O 9 and press the DONE button to complete Features of your vehicle DVD mode Starting DVD mode by use of Rear panel 1 Press the MODE button on the REAR panel to display the MODE selection screen 2 If the key on the joystick located at the far right side of the REAR panel is moved in any direction the select area will become displayed on the button of the most recently operated mode 3 While in mode selection screen use the 4 direction keys on the REAR panel to move the select area to DVDP mode If the joystick key is pressed the DVD already inserted in the DVD PLAYER will begin playing 4 The DVD ttle will begin playing DAVA D AE pvp NOTICE Understanding DVD titles Contents of DVD Title The video and sound recorded on the DVD are divided into ttes and can be recognized by their tite n
366. window defrosters a ee et ee Features of your vehicle E Type A E Type B C oe g S OHM048093L OHM048093 Instrument panel vents D230102AHM EC Type B C Pull up A the switch for The outlet vents can be opened or closed Temperature control warm and hot air H or push separately using the thumbwheel The temperature control switch allows down the switch for cool Also you can adjust the direction of air yOu to control the temperature of the air er air C delivery from these vents using the vent flow from the ventilation system To control lever as shown change the air temperature in the pas senger compartment Type A Press the right side button P for warm and hot air H or press the left side button 4 for cooler air C Features of your vehicle Outside temperature conversion You can switch the temperature mode between Fahrenheit to Centigrade as fol lows While pressing the air intake control recirculated air position button press down the temperature control switch for 3 seconds or more The display will change from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or from Centigrade to Fahrenheit If the battery has been discharged or disconnected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Centigrade D230103AHM Air intake control The air intake control is used to select the outside fresh air position or recircu lated air position To change the air intake control positio
367. windshield is dry e To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them e To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually i E s rm a a ad te OHM048207 D200300AHM Rear window wiper and washer switch if equipped The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer J Spraying washer fluid and wiping ON Intermittent wiper operation after some normal wiper operation OFF Wiper is not in operation Wash with brief wipes Features of your vehicle INTERIOR LIGHT D210000AEN A CAUTION Do not use the intenor lights for extended periods when the engine is not running It may cause battery discharge OHM048077 D210100AHM Map lamp Push the lens to turn the map lamp on or off This light produces a spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp at night or as a personal lamp for the driver and the front passenger OHM048078 D210200AHM EU Room lamp Type A The light will turn on as below if the but ton is pressed The light will turn off if the button is pressed again e DOOR The light comes on when any door or tailgate is opened regardless of the ignition switch position When doors are unlocked by the transmit ter
368. witch from the headlight or Auto light position D190300AHM Rescue mode function If your vehicle has any problem on the vehicle network system the headlights low beam turn on automatically with the ignition switch in the ON position even though the headlight switch is not turned on At this time the emergency lighting is not turned off when the headlight switch is turned off CAUTION If the rescue mode occurs have your vehicle checked by an author ized KIA dealer as soon as possi ble a oe es ee al Features of your vehicle OHMO048064L D190400AUN Lighting control The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position To operate the lights turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one of the fol lowing positions 1 OFF position 2 Parking light position 3 Headlight position 4 Auto light position if equipped OHMO048065L D190401AHM Parking light position 0 When the light switch is in the parking light position 1st position the tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON OHMO48066L D190402AHM Headlight position 2D When the light switch is in the headlight position 2nd position the head tail license and instrument panel lights will turn ON NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights Features of your vehicle k OHM048067L D190403AHM Auto light position if equipped When the light switch
369. wn Be careful when opening doors and watch for vehicles motorcy cles bicycles or pedestrians approaching the vehicle in the path of the door Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury 44 WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle while you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended 4X WARNING Unattended children An enclosed vehicle can become extremely hot causing death or severe injury to unattended chil dren or animals who cannot escape the vehicle Furthermore children might operate features of the vehi cle that could injure them or they could encounter other harm possi bly from someone gaining entry to the vehicle Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle DO50300AAM EE Impact sensing door unlock sys tem if equipped In the event of air bag deployment result ing from a vehicle impact all doors will automatically unlock DO50400AHM EU Auto door lock unlock feature e All doors will automatically lock when the transmission shift lever is shifted out of P Park e All doors will automatically unlock when the transmission shift lever is Shifted into P Park a ee oe Features of your vehicle X NOTICE An authorized KIA
370. x will automatically open Close the glove box after use Features of your vehicle WARNING e Do not keep objects except sun glasses inside the sunglass hold j VO er Such objects can be thrown i Og ees 7 from the holder in the event of a gt 52 sudden stop or an accident pos sibly injuring the passengers in the vehicle Do not open the sunglass holder while the vehicle is moving The rear view mirror of the vehicle OHM048127 can be blocked by an opened D270300AHM sunglass holder Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses in the compart ment door with the lenses facing out Push to close OHM048226N D270400AHM Multi box To open the cover press the button and the cover will slowly open Features of your vehicle D270500AHM Luggage box You can place a first aid kit a reflector tri angle tools etc in the box for easy access Grasp the handle on the edge of the cover and lift it Features of your vehicle INTERIOR FEATURES D280300AHM Cup holder OHM048133N D280302AHM Center To open the cover press the cover and it will Slowly open Place a cup or small beverage can in the holder after spreading the support 1 OHM048134 D280301AHM Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders Features of your vehicle N CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Cl
371. x5 860 Ibs Available Cargo and 245 kg Luggage weight 540 Ibs a ey ee el Driving your vehicle This label also tells you the maxi mum weight that can be supported by the front and rear axles called AX WARNING Over loading e Never exceed the GVWR for TRIM OLD TIRE INFL THIS VEHICLE CONFIG MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY IN EFFECT Of THE GATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOW BOWE VLN PE MPV 5 TO ALL APPLICABLE U 5 A FEDERAL AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS OENO56020 E150200AUN Certification label The certfication label is located on the driver s door sill at the center pil lar This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle This is called the GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all Occupants fuel and Cargo Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR To find out the actual loads on your front and rear axles you need to go to a weigh station and weigh your vehicle Your dealer can help you with this Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the center line your vehicle the GAWR for either the front or rear axle and vehicle capacity weight Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can Calculate the weight of your load by weigh ing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle Be careful not to over load your vehicle Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR either the
372. y If this occurs have your vehicle checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible The warning light also comes on and stays on when there is a problem with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System If this happens the system may not mon itor the tire pressure Have the system checked by an authorized KIA dealer as soon as possible a ee es E al Features of your vehicle D150313AUN Charging system waming light This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or electrical charging system If the warning light comes on while the vehicle is in motion 1 Drive to the nearest safe location 2 With the engine off check the genera tor drive belt for looseness or break age 3 If the belt is adjusted properly a prob lem exists somewhere in the electrical charging system Have an authorized KIA dealer correct the problem as soon as possible Door open posi e z L tion indicator a E This indicator illuminates when a door is not closed securely The indicator displays which door is opened D150315AUN Tailgate open waming gaa light This warning light illuminates when the tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position Features of your vehicle D150316AUN Door ajar waming light 2 This warning light illuminates when a door is not closed securely with the igni tion switch in any position D150317AHM EE Immobilizer indicator i
373. y the modified valued restart the current DVD from the beginning The set values will not be applied in the case of playing a DISC which does not support the currently set language or the current settings Features of your vehicle Setting voice language 1 Press the voice language button in the DVD setup screen 2 Select the desired voice language If the OTHERS button is pressed lan guages other than the ones displayed can be directly inputted for selection 3 If the OTHERS button is selected the voice language code input screen will be displayed Input the desired code 4 If a proper code is inputted the DVD setup screen will be returned and dis play the set voice language 5 Press the DONE button to complete the changes and replay from the beginning Setting subtitle language 1 Press the subtitle language button in the DVD setup screen 2 Select the desired subtite language Press the OTHER button to set a differ ent subtite Press the SUBTITLE OFF button to turn off the subtitle display 3 The method of inputting subtitle lan Quage code is the same as the method of inputting voice language code Setting menu language 1 Press the menu language button in the DVD setup screen 2 Select the desired menu language Press the OTHER button to display a different menu language 3 The method of inputting the menu lan Quage code is the same as the method of inputting voice language code NOT
374. y to occur For example corrosion is accelerated by high humidity particularly when tempere tures are just above freezing In such conditions the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle s surface by moisture that evaporate slowly Mud is particularly corrosive because it dries slowly and holds moisture in con tact with the vehicle Although the mud appears to be dry it can still retain the moisture and promote corrosion High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not properly ventilated so the moisture can be dis persed For all these reasons it is par ticularly important to keep your vehicle clean and free of mud or accumulations of other materials This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the underside of the vehicle Maintenance ee O To help prevent corrosion You can help prevent corrosion from get ting started by observing the following Keep your vehicle clean The best way to prevent corrosion is to keep your vehicle clean and free of cor rosive materials Attention to the under side of the vehicle is particularly impor tant e If you live in a high corrosion area where road salts are used near the ocean areas with industrial pollution acid rain etc you should take extra care to prevent corrosion In winter hose off the underside of your vehicle at least once a month and be Sure to clean the underside thoroughly when winter is
375. your mouth can result in injuries if an air bag inflates Keep occupants away from the air bag covers All occupants should sit upright fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor If occupants are too close to the air bag covers they could be injured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place items under the front seats Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring har nesses Never hold an infant or child on your lap The infant or child could be seri ously injured or killed in the event of a crash All infants and children should be properly restrained in appropriate child safety seats or seat belts in the rear seat C041400AUN Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle s frame bumper system front end or side sheet metal or ride height this may affect the operation of your vehicle s air bag system aa ae es ee eal Safety features of your vehicle
376. your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 295 kg 650 Ibs 635 340 5 x 68 295 kg or 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trail er load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Driving your vehicle Example 1 Vehicle A Capacity i L hi 7 A B C C190F 01 M Vehicle Capacity 635 kg 1400 Ibs m Weight i a 136 kg Sa 300lbs 68 kg 150 Ibs x2 Available Cargo and 499 kg Luggage weight 1100 Ibs Example 2 Vehicle Capacity C190F02J M m Vehicle Capacity 635 kg A 1400 Ibs Weight 340 kg Subtract Occupant 750 Ibs Weight 68 kg 150 Ibs x 5 Available Cargo and 295 kg Luggage weight 650 Ibs Refer to your vehicle s tire and loading information label for specific informa tion about your vehicle s capacity weight and seating positions The com bined weight of the driver passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle s capacity weight Example 3 Vehicle Capacity l i C190F 03 M A Vehicle Capacity 635 kg Weight 1400 Ibs Subtract PUPAN 390 kg Weight 78 kg 172 Ibs
377. ystem Indicator Warning light Condition detected by the occupant PASSENGER AIR Front passenger detection system BAG OFF indicator SRS warning pie light orn j 2 Infant or child restraint system Deactivated with 12 months old 3 Unoccupied 3 Unoccupied Deactivated _ 1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize hinyYher as a child depending on his her physique and posture 2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat When a smaller child than the same age sits in the front passenger seat the system may recognize hinyher as an infant depending on his her physique or posture 3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat ee oe ee Safety features of your vehicle Continued 1 a B990A080 1KMN3663 1KMN3665 Never put a heavy load in the Never sit with the hips shifted Never place the feet on the dash front passenger seat towards the front of the seat board OVQ036014N 1KMN3662 ae n 1KMN3664 Never place the feet on the front Never excessively recline the Never lean on the center console passenger seatback front passenger seatback Never sit on one side of the front passenger seat Safety features of your vehicle Proper position If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF indi s NOTICE cator is still on ask the passenger to move to the rear s

Owners Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents